Primary Year 4 SK SOW

Download as doc, pdf, or txt
Download as doc, pdf, or txt
You are on page 1of 223

KEMENTERIAN PENDIDIKAN MALAYSIA

KURIKULUM STANDARD SEKOLAH RENDAH

English Language
Scheme of Work
Primary Year 4
SK
Primary Year 4
National Schools
(SK) Scheme of Work
Contents

Content Overview................................................................................................................................ 5
1. Content and organisation of the Primary Year 4 Scheme of Work..............................................7
2. Scheme of Work Template: Supporting Information..................................................................10
3. Pre-lesson and Post-lesson tasks.............................................................................................13
4. Differentiation strategies for Primary pupils...............................................................................25
5. Glossary of terms in Year 4.......................................................................................................28
6. Scheme of Work: Lessons 1–160.............................................................................................35
Unit 1............................................................................................................................................... 35
Unit 2............................................................................................................................................... 52
Unit 3............................................................................................................................................... 70
Unit 4............................................................................................................................................... 87
Unit 5............................................................................................................................................. 106
Unit 6............................................................................................................................................. 123
Unit 7............................................................................................................................................. 141
Unit 8............................................................................................................................................. 159
Unit 9............................................................................................................................................. 176
Unit 10........................................................................................................................................... 193

2019 National Schools (SK)

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 4


Primary Year 4 Scheme of Work

Content overview

The purpose of this document is to provide teachers with support and information on
planning, creating and delivering their lessons throughout the year. Teachers will need to
refer to this document when planning and delivering both their textbook-based and non-
textbook-based lessons.

The Scheme of Work is divided to sections which provide the following information and content:

1. Content and organisation of the Scheme of Work


This section provides teachers with an introduction to the Scheme of Work and an
explanation of how the textbook-based and the non-textbook-based lessons are organised
within the Scheme of Work.

2. Supporting information
This section provides teachers with an explanation of the information contained within the
Scheme of Work template. This section also gives teachers advice on completing the
Scheme of Work template for their own non-textbook-based lessons.

3. Pre-lesson and post-lesson tasks


In this section, teachers will find some suggestions for pre-lesson and post-lesson tasks. Pre-
lesson tasks are short tasks that come at the beginning of the lesson to help pupils warm up
and to introduce or review learning. Post-lesson tasks come at the end of the lesson to
review, summarise, personalise or talk about learning in the lesson, so they consolidate
learning and provide closure to the lesson. Many lessons in the Scheme of Work guide
teachers to choose pre- and post-lesson activities from this section.

4. Differentiation strategies for Primary pupils


This section provides teachers with a number of suggested differentiation strategies that
teachers may wish to use in their planning to help meet the needs of the pupils in their class.

5. Glossary of terms in Year 4


Teachers should refer to the Content and Learning Standards contained within the Scheme
of Work when planning their lessons. These Content and Learning Standards come from the
Standards-Based Curriculum and Assessment Document (DSKP) and the Curriculum
Framework documents.

This section provides teachers with supporting explanations for some of these Content and
Learning Standards. It also provides explanations of important terms used in some of the
lessons. These terms are mainly found in the Learning Outline section (see the first table in
the Glossary of Terms).

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 5


6. Scheme of Work (Lessons 1–160)

This is the main section of the scheme of work. It provides teachers with details for the
textbook-based and non-textbook-based lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 6


1. Content and organisation of the Primary Year 4 Scheme of Work

What is the Primary Year 4 Scheme of Work and how can it help teachers?
The Scheme of Work gives teachers an overview of every lesson in Year 4, including the
Content and Learning Standards which must be covered within each lesson. The Scheme
of Work will assist teachers in their daily, weekly and longer-term planning of lessons.
What does the Primary Year 4 Scheme of Work consist of?
The Scheme of Work consists of 160 lesson outlines, each lesson lasting a total of 60
minutes. If lessons are organised into 30-minute lessons, teachers will need to plan and
adapt their lessons accordingly. Each lesson in the Scheme of Work is numbered from
Lesson 1 to Lesson 160.
The Scheme of Work consists of the following two types of lessons:

A. Textbook-Based Lessons: The materials for these lessons includes learning


activities from the selected Year 4 textbook. This textbook is Get Smart plus 4. Year 4
covers the whole textbook from Unit 1 to Unit 10.

B. Non-Textbook-Based Lessons: There are four types of non-textbook based


lessons: Skills-based lessons, Language Arts lessons, Project-Based Learning
lessons and Language Awareness lessons. The learning outline in skills-based and
Language Awareness lessons is generally related to the material in the textbook, but
does not use material from it.
Material for Language Arts lessons is taken from the Contemporary Children’s
Literature (CCL) which consists of poems, short stories and graphic novels. See Year
4 Syllabus and the CCL module for more information.
The content of Project-Based lessons is designed according to the Ministry of
Education guidelines for this lesson type. Teachers are expected to prepare activities
that incorporate project work and promote independent learning.

How are the Primary Year 4 Scheme of Work lessons organised?


Most lessons in the Scheme of Work are textbook-based lessons. Language Awareness
lessons can be based on the textbook content (e.g. Revision sections) or otherwise designed
to address learning needs using additional materials. So they can be textbook-based or non
textbook-based lessons. A few skill-based lessons (e.g. Writing, Speaking) are marked as
non textbook-based lessons. Teachers are expected to find or create materials that meet the
Learning Standards for these lessons. Language Arts lessons should be based on CCL
module, not on the textbook. Project-Based Learning lessons should be designed according
to the Ministry of Education instruction.
Typical lesson cycles
Year 4 Scheme of Work units consist of 16 lessons each. The Year 4 textbook, Get Smart plus 4,
contains 10 units (or modules, but these will also be referred to as units). The textbook units
typically provide teachers with enough material for three cycles of the four skills (Listening,
Speaking, Reading, Writing). Exceptions are marked as non-textbook based lessons. There

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 7


are three Language Arts lessons per Scheme of Work unit and one Language Awareness or
a Project-Based Learning lesson. See the lesson cycles in Unit 1 in the Scheme of Work as
an example:
Lesson Skill/Focus

1 Listening

2 Speaking

3 Reading

4 Writing

5 Language Arts

6 Listening

7 Speaking

8 Reading

9 Writing

10 Language Arts

11 Listening

12 Speaking

13 Reading

14 Writing

15 Language Arts

16 Language Awareness*

*Language Awareness lessons are replaced by Project-Based Learning lessons in Units 5


and 10.

Teachers should note the following:

1. Textbook-based lessons will utilise material from the textbook as well as other suggested
activities or material to help prepare pupils for new learning, to consolidate or extend
learning.
2. Pupils are expected to have their own copy of the Student’s Book and use it in every lesson.
This includes many non-textbook-based lessons, which sometimes ask pupils to look at
some content that can act as a starting point for a non textbook-based lesson. Pupils
should also have their own notebook and bring it to every lesson.
3. Teachers should be able to access the Teacher’s Book for every lesson, including non-
textbook-based lessons, which sometimes ask them to refer to the Student’s Book. If
teachers do not have regular access to the Teacher’s Book they should prepare a few
lessons in advance while they have the Teacher’s Book. If access to the Teacher’s Book is
very limited, teachers are advised to be proactive and collaborative by planning together

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 8


and consulting with the English Head or a senior English teacher at their school. The
Teacher’s Book provides a lot of guidance and ideas as well as the listening audio script,
thus considerably saving preparation time. It is therefore very useful for all teachers to
access it, even if only periodically.
4. Teachers are expected to plan lessons based on the lesson outline in the Scheme
of Work. They may need to develop and produce worksheets, create flashcards (these
are picture cards that can be printed or drawn by the teacher) and prepare other material
and resources for most lessons.
5. Language Awareness lessons will focus specifically on the language taught in the unit.
The Scheme of Work offers suggestions to teachers for these lessons, but teachers are
expected to plan these lessons based on the needs of their pupils. Teachers also
expected to refer to the syllabus which contains an overview of the language, vocabulary
and the text types and other areas that are suitable for the grade.
6. Pre-lesson and post-lesson stages in the lesson outline are important stages in the
lesson. They should not be neglected or rushed. See Section 3 for more information.
7. At the end of every unit, pupils are expected to review and assess their learning in that
unit. This self-assessment is guided using a worksheet which identifies the language
covered in the unit. Teachers can use the suggested worksheets at the end of every unit
in the Scheme of Work or modify/produce their own. Self-assessment should be
completed in class time, not given for homework. Pupils will need guidance from the
teacher to complete it, especially in the first part of the year. The teacher should collect
the self-assessment worksheets and note common answers as well as any particular
problems some pupils think they are having. Pupils’ skills in self-assessment may begin
the year at a very basic level but will develop over the year.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 9


2. Scheme of Work Template: Supporting Information

1. Lesson
Each lesson within the Scheme of Work is given a number followed by the lesson type.
For example, Lesson: 6 (Listening 2); Lesson: 21 (Language Arts 4).

2. Main Skill Focus


Each lesson has one main skill focus. If the focus of the lesson is not on language skills
(Listening, Speaking, Reading, Writing), then the main skill focus will reflect the focus area of
the lesson (e.g. Language Awareness, Language Arts, Project-Based Learning lesson).

3. Theme
The three given themes are:

 World of Self, Family and Friends


 World of Knowledge
 World of Stories

4. Topic
Topics are taken from the textbook in textbook-based lessons. Topics for non-textbook lessons
are either suggested for these lessons, guided by CCL content or decided by the teachers.

5. Cross-Curricular Elements
Each cycle of lessons has been assigned one Cross-Curricular Element or more. Teachers
will need to refer to the section on Cross-Curricular Elements in Standards-Based Curriculum
and Assessment Document (DSKP) for further guidance. Teachers are encouraged to link to
other Cross-Curricular Elements within a lesson cycle, in addition to the suggested one
given, if they identify opportunities where relevant cross-curricular connections can be made.

6. Language/Grammar Focus
This is related to the grammatical structure/function (for example, Present Simple and Past
Simple) that is the focus of the lesson. This language/grammar is usually presented and
practised using a skill (Listening, Speaking, Reading or Writing). It is not expected that
language is taught explicitly or formally.

7. Content Standards and Learning Standards


The given Content and Learning Standards are taken from the Standards-Based Curriculum
and Assessment Document (DSKP) and the Curriculum Framework document. These
should be followed as they appear in the lessons to ensure the Learning Standards
are covered as intended.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 10


8. Main Skill and Complementary Skill
Each lesson within the Scheme of Work focuses on one Main Skill and one Complementary Skill.
To ensure that pupils receive sufficient exposure to and practice in every Learning Standard
within the Curriculum Framework, each Learning Standard appears at least once in the Scheme
of Work. Learning Standards are covered as a main skill or as a complementary skill. It is
therefore critical that teachers ensure that both the Main Skill and the Complementary Skill are
covered in each lesson. The Complementary Skill is not an optional skill that can be ignored
or dropped from the lesson. Doing so may mean that pupils do not receive adequate practice in
and exposure to all the given Learning Standards within the Curriculum Framework. When
teachers are planning their lessons, they must therefore ensure that both the Main Skill and
Complementary Skill are each assigned a suitable lesson Learning Objective.

Teachers should also be aware that the Main Skill and Complementary Skill are not normally
given equal time and attention within the lesson. Teachers will need to ensure that the
Complementary Skill is covered, but the degree of attention this receives in comparison to
the Main Skill will be up to the teacher’s own professional judgement as they will know better
the specific learning needs of their pupils.

Please note that some Learning Standards appear less frequently than others. Less
frequent Learning Standards must be covered as they appear in the Scheme of Work.

9. Learning Outline
The Learning Outline provides guidance to teachers for the delivery of a lesson. Three main
stages of every lesson are highlighted: Pre-lesson, Lesson Delivery and Post-lesson.
Teachers will also need to refer to the Teacher’s Book, which provides detailed information
about the delivery of the textbook activities for textbook-based-lessons.

The Lesson Delivery stage is where the main and complementary skills should both be
addressed to develop pupils’ language skills. Teachers should create their own Learning
Objectives for each lesson based on the specified Learning Standards - both for the main
skill and the complementary skill. The Learning Objectives should relate to and reflect the
activities in the Lesson Delivery stage.

Textbook-based lessons in the Learning Outline provide teachers with a structured description for
what and how teachers can plan their lessons. They refer to specific activities in the Student’s
Book and associated guidance available in the Teacher’s Book. Some additional explanation or
instruction may be provided in the Lesson Delivery to ensure teachers plan activities that relate to
the main and complementary Learning Standards specified for the lesson. Please note that
textbook-based activities may not appear in the same order as in the Student’s and Teacher’s
Book. This is to ensure the best activities are selected for the stated Learning Standards and to
follow the lesson cycle (Listening, Speaking, etc.).

As teachers are working with pupils and supporting their learning, they should be aware of their
pupils’ development and the emerging challenges. Throughout the lessons, teachers are

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 11


expected to use formative assessment strategies (e.g. questioning, scanning) to assess
pupils progress and give clear and meaningful feedback. This feedback should enable pupils
to understand which areas they need to pay attention to and how to improve. Of course,
teachers are not expected to give every pupil feedback after every activity in every lesson.
However, teachers should use all opportunities available to communicate feedback to pupils
and help them take ownership of their own learning, even as young as Year 4 pupils.

Teachers are encouraged to follow the instruction provided in the lesson delivery stage
because it reduces lesson preparation time and addresses the learning standards.

Pre-lesson activities activate and review pupils’ prior knowledge by, for example, reviewing
relevant learning from a previous lesson or using a short activity as an opportunity for pupils to
share what they already know about the lesson topic. Post-lesson activities take place at the end
of lessons to review and consolidate the learning from a lesson. Pre- and post-lesson stages are
important elements in lesson plans and should always be included in every lesson. Please see
the next section for more information about pre-lesson and post-lesson activities.

10. Materials / References


The relevant page numbers of the Student’s Book and Teacher’s Book have been given
for the textbook-based lessons.

11. Differentiation strategies


This column refers to Section 4 which lists seven strategies. It also provides advice tailored
around the lesson specifics and expected challenges. Teachers should, however, consider
the most suitable strategies for differentiating learning with each of their own individual
classes, based on the learning needs of the pupils in those classes.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 12


3. Pre-lesson and Post-lesson tasks

Pre-lesson activities activate and review pupils’ prior knowledge by, for example, reviewing
relevant learning from a previous lesson or using a short activity as an opportunity for pupils
to share what they already know about the lesson topic or language. Pre-lesson activities
provide an opening to the lesson and get pupils in the right frame of mind for listening to and
using English. They are often whole class activities which are fun and engaging. Pupils are
all active in these activities physically as well as mentally. This can help teachers to manage
energy levels before settling pupils into their learning.
Post-lesson activities are short activities that take place at the end of lessons to review and
consolidate the learning from a lesson. Although post-lesson activities can be fun and should not
be too challenging so that pupils leave the class in a positive frame of mind, they are an important
stage that should be planned by the teachers. During the post-lesson stage, teachers can
conduct a quick and informal evaluation of the lesson and the pupils’ understanding of the
learning that have taken place. Post-lesson activities can be used for formative assessment and
can give teachers an overall evaluation of the pupils’ development and indicate any issues
individual pupils might have. Evaluating learning in the post-lesson stage is particularly useful
when new language is introduced for the first time or followed up from a previous lesson.
Therefore teachers should give careful consideration to the purpose of the post-lesson activities
that they choose for their lessons. Post-lesson activities are not optional extras to be done if there
is time. Teachers should plan and make sure to leave a few minutes for post-lesson activities,
even if they are running short of time in their main lesson stages.

Each lesson includes a suggestion for Pre-lesson and Post-lesson tasks. Some of these are
outlined in the Learning Outline, and sometimes teachers are directed to the textbook. In
other lessons, teachers can refer to and choose a suitable task from the lists below.
Teachers can also create their own pre- and post-lesson activities provided that they fulfil the
function described above.

Suggested Pre-lesson tasks

Below are 12 lesson tasks which teachers may choose from or adapt for the Pre-lesson
section within the Learning Outline in the Scheme of Work. These pre-lesson tasks are
suitable to begin almost any skills-focused lesson and require minimal materials and
preparation. They are simple for pupils to participate in. Teachers can, of course, use their
own pre-lesson tasks whenever they think that these would be more suitable for the pupils
they teach. Each pre-lesson task takes about 5–10 minutes of class time.
These tasks are the same for Primary Years 4-6. The language and vocabulary focus will be
different, however, and some tasks can be modified for more proficient pupils, as noted in the
task description.
Note: Those marked with an asterisk* could be used at both pre- and post-lesson stages.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 13


PRE-LESSON TASK 1: ABCs*
AIM: To review vocabulary
MATERIAL: Board, notebooks and pens
1. Put pupils in small groups or pairs.
2. Orally, give pupils a letter of the alphabet and a topic (e.g. M; A drink).
3. Pupils work in their groups/pairs to write one (or more) word beginning with that letter
related to that topic (e.g. milk). Give a very short time limit, e.g. 10 seconds
4. Repeat a few times.
5. Have pairs/groups share their answers with the class by coming out and writing on the
board.

PRE-LESSON TASK 2: GUESS THE ANSWER


AIM: To practise checking own predictions
MATERIALS: Board
1. Write questions on the board for a Listening or Reading text, that pupils will
answer during the lesson.
2. Provide two or three possible answers for each question, for example, ‘What did Sara
do at the weekend?’
a. played football
b. watched TV
c. went shopping (make sure one is the correct answer!)
3. Ask pupils to guess which one they think is the correct answer.
4. Pupils listen to or read the text as part of the lesson and check their predictions.

PRE-LESSON TASK 3: SEQUENCE THE INFORMATION


AIM: To practise putting information in a logical order
MATERIALS: Board

1. Write a list of events in the Listening or Reading text in a random order or use
pictures to illustrate them. For example, if the text is a story, list the events in any
order (Mohamed went camping. He saw a mouse in the tent at night. His mother
screamed! The mouse ran away.)
2. Put pupils in pairs to decide on the order.
3. Invite pupils to compare their ideas in groups.
4. Pupils then listen to or read the text as part of the lesson and check their predictions.

PRE-LESSON TASK 4: I’M GOING TO…


AIM: To set individual lesson goals to develop pupil autonomy
MATERIALS: Notebook
1. Write on the board In this lesson, I’m going to…
2. Explain that pupils are going to write their own goals for the lesson. Give some realistic
example goals that focus on observable behaviour or learning pupils may need to

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 14


improve, such as In this lesson, I’m going to speak in English with my friends or In
this lesson, I’m going to remember at least two words.
3. Elicit some more ideas from pupils.
4. Have pupils write one or two lesson goals in their notebooks.
5. Ask pupils to review their goals at the end of the lesson. This can be the post-lesson
activity.

PRE-LESSON TASK 5: SIT DOWN, STAND UP*


AIM: To review topic vocabulary
MATERIALS: True and false sentences about the topic

1. Prepare some simple True/False sentences about the topic to check pupils’
knowledge or to prepare them for the content of the lesson.
2. Read a sentence out, for example, if the topic is space, ‘We can’t see the moon
from the Earth’, ‘The sun is the biggest planet in our solar system’ etc).
3. If it is True, pupils stay sitting at their desks. If it is False, pupils stand up. Invite
pupils to correct any false sentences. You could change the action to suit the topic of
the lesson or to review other vocabulary, especially verbs.
4. If there is time, pairs of pupils can create their own True/False sentences to use
with other pairs or with the whole class.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 15


PRE-LESSON TASK 6: FINGER-WRITING*
AIM: To practise spelling of topic vocabulary
MATERIALS: Board

1. Choose some words that pupils will need for the lesson. These should be words
pupils already know, so are reviewing.
2. Divide pupils into pairs.
3. Tell one pupil in the pair to look at the board, and the other pupil to cover their eyes or
put their head down on the desk so that they can’t see the board.
4. Write a topic word on the board, ask pupils to read and remember it, and then rub
the word off the board. You could use a picture if pupils may benefit from using a
visual aid.
5. Tell pupils who did not see the board to stand with their back to their partner while
the partner writes the word on their back by using their finger.
6. Each pupil works out what word their partner is writing.
7. Reverse the roles so that each pupil gets the chance to write.
8. Repeat for other topic words and/or extend to phrase or sentence level, depending
on the topic.

Note: When pupils know this activity, they can choose their own words.

PRE-LESSON TASK 7: BEAT THE TEACHER*

AIM: To create interest in the lesson and to review and practise spelling of
topic vocabulary
MATERIALS: Board
1. Choose a key topic word from the lesson.
2. Write lines to correspond to each letter on the board with a space in between as in the
example below _ _ _ _ _ _ (planet).
3. Draw a circle/oval on the board. It is a head without the parts (eyes, nose, ears,
mouth, hair).
4. Explain that the aim of the game is to guess the word before the face is completed.
5. Tell pupils to put up their hands if they want to guess a letter.
6. If they guess correctly, write the letter into the correct letter space. If they guess
incorrectly, draw one part of the head (e.g. the mouth or the hair). Write the incorrect
letter on the side of the board to remind pupils it has already been used.
7. If pupils guess the word before the face is completed, they have beaten the teacher.
If not, the teacher has won!

Note: You can change the picture you build for this, perhaps using a topic-related
picture, as long as it has a good number of parts (e.g. 6 or 7).

PRE-LESSON TASK 8: PREDICT THE CONTENT


AIM: To help and prepare pupils for a Listening or Reading text
MATERIALS: Board and pictures

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 16


1. Ask pupils to look at a picture or pictures which accompany a Listening or Reading text
they will have in the lesson, or tell them the title of the story, song, etc.
2. Ask pupils to work in small groups to predict words they might hear/read. Give
groups a fixed time, e.g. 2 minutes.
3. Review their answers and provide correct spelling by writing the words on the board.
4. As pupils read or listen to the text in the lesson, they can if any of their predictions
are correct.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 17


PRE-LESSON TASK 9: MEMORY CHAIN*
AIM: To review topic vocabulary
MATERIALS: None
1. Ask pupils to stand or sit in circles.
2. Join one of the circles yourself to demonstrate the activity while others watch. Give the
beginning of the memory chain sentence, for example: Yesterday, I went to the
supermarket and I bought an apple.
3. Ask the pupil to your right to repeat the sentence and add another item: Yesterday,
I went to the supermarket and I bought an apple and a banana.
4. The next pupil adds a third item: Yesterday I went to the supermarket and I bought
an apple, a banana and a cake.
5. Continue in the chain. Either so that each pupil adds one item or until the chain
is broken.
6. Repeat so that different pupils can experience more and less memory
challenge. Note:
You could make the chain alphabetical, which makes it more challenging to find a
word, but easier to remember the previous words.
Limit the size of the groups to limit the number of words pupils need to remember.
Focus on vocabulary as well as pronunciation (intonation in lists), use and position
of ‘and’ and use of articles.
Vary the sentence stem according to the topic of the lesson.
7. Give feedback on the chains of each group by inviting pupils to tell the class their
chain(s).

PRE-LESSON TASK 10: SAY WHAT’S MISSING*


AIM: To review topic vocabulary
MATERIALS: Flashcards or real/plastic objects, a table and a cloth, or sheet
1. Choose about 7 or 8 topic words that pupils will need for the lesson.
2. Put flashcards or real objects of these vocabulary items on a table.
3. Ask pupils to work in pairs or small groups and to say the words.
4. Check briefly with the whole class.
5. Place a cloth over all the items on the table.
6. Take one or two vocabulary items away.
7. Remove the cloth, keeping the removed items in it.
8. Pupils say which items are missing.

Note: You can use pictures on the board with sticky tape or magnets, an overhead
projector or an interactive whiteboard for this activity. Real objects (realia) are stimulating
when available, though.

PRE-LESSON TASK 11: WORDS THAT SOUND THE SAME (PHONICS)


AIM: To practise distinguishing different sounds
MATERIALS: Board (or flashcards)

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 18


1. Choose some words that contain the sound(s) you are/have been working on and
some other topic words you would like to review.
2. Write the words in chains of three or four on the board, containing one example of the
phoneme you are focusing on, e.g. for /r/ cat : dog : fish : rat
3. Ask pupils to guess which word has the sound.
4. Say the words (you can say just the word or you could say it in a short sentence) to
let pupils check their answers.
5. Ask pupils to read all the words aloud.
Note: This task can be adapted to have chains of rhyming words or as an odd-one-out
(where one is different from the others). Pictures could be used instead of words to check
vocabulary production rather than reading recognition.

Although phonics is a focus of the Year 3 Content and Learning Standards, working with
sounds and written words is still valuable to pupils in Year 3 from time to time, especially
with sounds that pupils find particularly difficult to hear or say.

PRE-LESSON TASK 12: WORD SALAD*


AIM: To review vocabulary or language
MATERIALS: Word cards

1. Prepare word cards for each group or pair of pupils so that each set of word cards
makes a sentence. You could have the same or different sentences for each group or
pair. Prepare an extra set to use as an example. Vary the sentences according to the
vocabulary and language to review as well as topic. You could also vary the level of
complexity of the sentences.
2. Using the example set, put the word cards on the board, jumbled up.
3. Elicit from pupils how to change them to make a sentence.
4. Put pupils in pairs or groups of three or four. Give each pair/group one or more sets
of cards.
5. Pupils work together to make a sentence from the word cards.
6. Invite pupils to tell the class their sentences or they could write them on the board for
peer checking.

Suggested post-lesson tasks

Below are 12 tasks which teachers may choose from or adapt for the post-lesson section
within the Scheme of Work. These post-lesson tasks are suitable for ending almost any
skills-focused lesson. They are simple for pupils to participate in. Each post-lesson task
takes about 5–10 minutes of class time. Teachers can, of course, use their own post-lesson
tasks to undertake formative assessment of learning whenever they think that these would
be more suitable for the pupils they teach.
Please note that these tasks are the same for Primary Years 4-6. The language and vocabulary
focus will be different, however, as these depend on the lesson and pupils’ needs, and some
tasks can be modified for slightly more proficient pupils, as noted in the task description.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 19


POST-LESSON TASK 1: SPOT THE DIFFERENCES
AIM: To provide practice in listening for detail
MATERIALS: Text

1. Before the lesson, identify 3 or 4 factual changes you could make to a Listening or
Reading text that pupils will work on in the lesson (e.g. Mike’s favourite season is winter
instead of Mike’s favourite season is summer).
2. During the lesson, after pupils have worked on a Listening or Reading text and
understood it, tell them they are going to listen to the text again but this time there are
some differences.
3. Ask pupils to listen and put their hands up each time they hear something different from
the original text, and to be ready to correct the difference.
4. Read out your text with changes.
5. Pupils listen and correct the differences to make it the same as the original.

POST-LESSON TASK 2: MAKE CONNECTIONS


AIM: To review topic vocabulary and grammar
MATERIALS: Flashcards, pens and board

1. Before the lesson, choose or prepare between 3 and 6 flashcards that represent the
content of a text that pupils will work on in the lesson.
2. During the lesson and after pupils have worked on the text, place the flashcards on the
board and elicit ideas from pupils about items in the pictures.
3. Ask pupils how the pictures link to the text (e.g. if a flashcard shows some animals, the
link may be The story is about a farm).
To extend, if time allows:
4. Put pupils into pairs and give them a short time (1 or 2 minutes) to tell each other
everything they can remember from the text, using the flashcards to help them.
5. Ask pupils to tell you the connections they have made between the pictures and the text.
6. If you want pupils to practise Writing as well as Speaking, pupils could come up to the
board and write information under the corresponding flashcard or work with a partner
to write sentences about each picture.

POST-LESSON TASK 3: TEST MY FRIENDS


AIM: To review topic vocabulary or language
MATERIALS: Notebooks

1. Put pupils in pairs. Ask three or four quiz questions about vocabulary, language or
content of the lesson. Pupils write the answers the questions in their notebooks.
2. Ask pairs to write a set or minimum number of questions to quiz their classmates.
3. Put pairs in groups so that there are three pairs (6 pupils) in each group. Have pupils
ask and answer each other’s’ questions in groups.
4. Give feedback as a class by asking groups to tell the class the most challenging
questions.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 20


POST-LESSON TASK 4: CORRECT THE MISTAKE
AIM: To review topic language, and to review spelling and punctuation
MATERIALS: Board, words or sentences with errors from pupils’ written work, notebooks

1. During the lesson, identify 4 or 5 words or sentences with mistakes that pupils made in a
Writing or a Speaking task. These should be common mistakes made by more than one
pupil which are related to the learning focus of the lesson (or previous lessons) and/or
be correctable by pupils.
2. Write the sentences on the board (with the mistake).
3. Ask pupils to form groups or pairs to identify the errors and to correct them.
4. Elicit answers with the whole class.
5. Ask pupils – a different pupil for each mistake – to come up to the board to write the
corrected versions.

POST-LESSON TASK 5: WHISPER AND WRITE*


AIM: To review topic language and spelling
MATERIAL: Board
1. Draw 4 columns on the board.
2. Divide the class into 4 teams. Ask each team to stand in a line facing the board.
3. Give each pupil at the front of the line some chalk or a board pen.
4. Go to the back of the line and ask the 4 pupils at the back of each line to come to you.
Whisper a topic word, phrase or short sentence (e.g. Nahla loves camping.) or
instruction (e.g. Draw a huge fish and a tiny elephant).
5. The pupils go back to their lines and whisper the topic language to the next pupil in the
line. This continues until it reaches the pupil at the front of the line, who writes down the
language, or follows the instruction.
6. Each team gets 1 point for a correct answer. The team who finishes first gets an extra
point if their answer is correct. Depending on the focus of your lesson, you can insist on
accurate spelling, or allow some mistakes. Alternatively, you can avoid giving points for
these kinds of game but offer praise yourself and from the other pupils when teams do
well.
7. Continue with new language or instructions. Change the order in the line each time
(e.g. pupil at the front goes to the back, so that there is a new pupil at the front).

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 21


POST-LESSON TASK 6: MAKE A WORD LADDER*
AIM: To review topic vocabulary, to practise spelling
MATERIALS: Board

1. Divide the class into 4 or 5 teams, depending on your class size. There should be about
4 or 5 pupils in each team.
2. Ask each team to stand in a line facing the board. Give each pupil at the front of the line
some chalk or a board pen.
3. Write the lesson topic on the board (e.g. School) and draw a ladder of at least 4 spaces
for each team (at least one for each pupil in a team).
4. The pupil at the front of each line writes a word connected to the topic at the bottom of
the ladder. They then pass on the chalk or pen to the second pupil, who writes a word in
the next space on the ladder. Pupils can help each other with spellings if needed.
5. You can either continue until each pupil has had a turn to write a word or you
can continue for a fixed time, e.g. 3 minutes, if you have more time available.
Each team gets 1 point for a word which is related to the topic and correctly spelled. If a
team has a word which no other team has, they get an extra point. Alternatively, you can
avoid giving points for these kinds of game but offer praise yourself and from the other
pupils when teams do well.

POST-LESSON TASK 7: READ YOUR FRIEND’S MIND


AIM: To review topic vocabulary, to practise Listening, Speaking and Reading
MATERIALS: Board

1. Write target language on the board (e.g. food, like/love/don’t like): about 5–7 target items
is a good number. Write a number in front of each target language item.
2. Quickly review the target language with pupils.
3. Ask a pupil to come to the front and whisper to you or write down on a piece of paper the
number of the target language item she is thinking of.
4. Give the pupil about 5 seconds to pretend to ‘transmit’ the word or message in their
mind to their classmates, who pretend to be mind readers.
5. The other pupils write down the number they think the pupil at the front has chosen. If
your class is large, pupils can work in pairs to agree a number together and write it
down.
6. Quickly check around the class, asking each pupil to say the phrase they guessed.
7. The pupil at the front keeps a score by ticking or making a mark on the board against the
number of each target language item suggested.
8. Calculate the pupil’s score. For example, if they were thinking of the phrase I like pizza,
and 4 pupils guessed this correctly, the pupil scores 4 points.
9. Repeat this with a new pupil coming to the front, to see if they can beat the score of the
previous pupil.
POST-LESSON TASK 8: TEST YOUR MEMORY
AIM: To review topic vocabulary and grammar (e.g. some/any)

MATERIALS: Picture in the textbook with some details in it, or a picture you have chosen
from another source
1. Make sure that each pupil can see the textbook picture or your chosen picture.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 22


2. Give them 1 minute to look at the picture and remember what’s in it.
3. Ask them to close their books. Hide the picture if you are not using the textbook.
4. Make True/False statements (e.g. There are some purple flowers in the picture.).
5. Pupils tell you if your statements are True or False, and correct any False statements.
6. Divide the class into groups and ask pupils to continue the game in their groups: give
them more time to look at the picture if they need to do this in order to make their
statements.

POST-LESSON TASK 9: WHAT ABOUT ME?

AIM: To review and personalise topic content or vocabulary, and encourage pupils to make
links between English learning and their own lives
MATERIALS: Board and/or pictures, notebooks

1. Choose some key words, phrases, expressions or language from the lesson. Write the
words on the board and ask pupils to read them.
2. Look at the board and act as if you are thinking carefully. Say: ‘What about me?’ Choose
and circle one of the pictures/words. This should be something you can connect to your
personal life (e.g. a cat – You like cats or you have a cat).
3. Pupils ask you Yes/No questions to find out why you circled cat. E.g. Do you have a cat?
4. Ask pupils to do the activity in pairs by telling the word to their partner, who should try to
guess what the connection is using yes/no questions.

POST-LESSON TASK 10: WHAT ABOUT YOU?


AIM: To reflect on and share learning
MATERIALS: Notebooks

1. Act as if you are thinking and say ‘What can you remember?’ Give a key word from the
lesson. Write it on the board.
2. Invite some pupils to tell you by asking: ‘What about you? What can you remember?’ Write
their answers on the board. Note that it may be vocabulary, language or content.
3. Ask pupils to work in pairs to share what they remember from the lesson. They should
note their answers in their notebooks.
4. Review some of pupils’ learning by asking volunteers or nominating pupils to tell the
class what they have written.

POST-LESSON TASK 11: PEER MEDALS AND FUTURE MISSIONS


AIM: To reflect on learning and offer peer feedback
MATERIALS: Notebooks

1. Using the Missions and Medals model, ask pupils to give feedback on their partner’s
participation in the lesson (or recent lessons). Guide the focus of the feedback, for
example on use of the target language, participation in group work, pronunciation,
accuracy etc.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 23


2. Pupils prepare by making notes in their notebooks. First, they give the ‘medals’ (for
example 3 things their partner did well), then set one ‘mission’ (what the partner
could improve on in future lessons).
If you do this activity regularly, pupils will become better at giving useful, constructive
feedback to their partners. Encourage pupils to develop these skills by gradually
increasing the task, for example by asking pupils to suggest how their partner can
improve, or by saying how they could help their partner.
3. Pairs give their feedback orally to one another.
Be sure to monitor carefully, especially when this activity is new to pupils.
4. If time allows, collect some of the ‘medals’ from pairs by inviting pupils to share their
positive feedback with the class.

POST-LESSON TASK 12: LEARNING JOURNAL


AIM: To reflect on learning and to develop critical thinking and independent learning skills
MATERIALS: Notebooks (or separate learning journal)

1. At the beginning of the year, introduce the idea of a learning journal, where pupils
reflect on what they have learnt during a lesson or series of lessons. They can talk
about:
 Something they did well (e.g. a language skill)
 Something they are proud of
 A goal they reached
 New words they learned
 New language they learned
 How they worked co-operatively with other pupils
 Something they would like to do better in future
 A goal for upcoming lesson(s)
Etc.

2. Allow time for explanation when you first ask pupils to keep learning diaries. You
may want to prepare a model and/or use pupils’ L1.
3. Pupils will probably not reflect in detail or deeply at first, but their reflection skills will
develop if you ask them questions and guide their diary-keeping.
4. Remember to collect in their diaries and make positive comments on the content.
Avoid marking diaries for language accuracy or grading them in any way.
If you ask pupils to keep a learning diary regularly, they will soon be able to do them
more quickly and will become skilled at it.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 24


4. Differentiation strategies for Primary pupils
The Scheme of Work suggests at least one differentiation strategy for each lesson. These
suggestions are related directly to the focus of that lesson and are often similar to the
strategies below. However, every class is different, and teachers are encouraged to reflect
on the learning needs of their individual pupils in each class in order to select and adapt the
strategies they use in a lesson. They may choose to follow the suggestions in the Scheme of
Work, and/or follow one or more strategies from the list below.

Strategy 1: Differentiate by the task pupils are given


If teachers are using the same task for the whole class, using open-ended tasks such as
brainstorming allows a large number of correct responses. Open-ended tasks (e.g. Tell me
the food words you know, or What will happen next?) allow more proficient pupils to
contribute more unusual words, more complex language, or more original ideas. Sometimes,
the teacher can also give different tasks to more proficient and less proficient groups of
pupils according to their needs and interests: see Strategy 5 for more on this.

Strategy 2: Differentiate by the type and amount of support provided


The teacher can support pupils to understand and use language with:
 their own instruction (e.g. ‘It’s an animal we have in Malaysia. It begins with the letter M.
It lives in the trees in the jungle.’)
 with gestures
 with visuals (e.g. flashcards on the board to help pupils understand or use vocabulary)

 with written words (e.g. written words on a worksheet or the board to help pupils with
spelling).

Different types and amount of support can be given to less proficient pupils, depending on
their needs, and extra challenge can be provided for more proficient pupils. For example,
you can give more proficient pupils more verbal instructions without using gestures.

Strategy 3: Differentiate by the outcome expected from pupils


The teacher may expect more language from some pupils, and less from others. The main
aim is that every pupil says or writes something, so that they feel successful. Two useful
strategies here are:
A. Compulsory plus optional
Here, the teacher sets pupils targets such as With your partner, write 2 sentences or
more, or In your group, write 5 words or more. The minimum target (2 sentences, 5
words) is compulsory, and everyone needs to achieve this to be successful. But the ‘or
more’ is optional, and gives a chance for more proficient language pupils to challenge
themselves. Some pupils will stop at the minimum target at first, but with more practice,
they will soon get the idea of going beyond the minimum target.
B. Remember and share
If pupils are asked to remember and share, they have to tell the teacher words or ideas
they learned in a previous lesson or task (e.g. Look at the objects on my table. In one
minute, I’ll cover them… Now, share with your group what you remember. Make a list

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 25


together and then tell me). Sometimes, less proficient pupils have good memories, so as
well as different outcomes, this task also allows different pupils to make successful
contributions to a group task.

Strategy 4: Differentiate by the time pupils are given to complete a task


Some pupils need longer than others to complete tasks, especially when writing is involved.
When it is appropriate, these pupils should be given a little more time to finish, and extra
tasks for pupils who complete the task early should be provided (e.g. Note another example
from your imagination; Try to name all the things in this picture in the textbook; Talk with
your friend in English: you choose what to talk about). Rewarding fast finishers with
something ‘fun’ to do (such as playing with toys or drawing a picture) should be avoided, as
this will encourage pupils to work quickly, rather than to work carefully at their own speed.
Extra tasks should extend and enrich learning.

Strategy 5: Differentiate by supporting individual learning preferences and needs


When appropriate, teachers can support preferences by letting pupils make choices about
what they do and how they do it. Sometimes, for example, pupils decide for themselves
which tasks they want to do (e.g. the gestures they create for an action song, or a revision
game), depending on the ways they prefer to learn (for example visually, through speaking
or listening, or through movement).
Different pairings and groupings will allow pupils to work in different ways – teachers can
sometimes pair up pupils who can help and support each other (e.g. one who can write well
and one who still has difficulty writing) or who enjoy working together. Sometimes teachers
might want to mix girls and boys, or have single-sex pairs/groups. In some tasks, pupils can
be assigned different roles to do, for example a group manager, writer or artist. Teachers
should make sure to vary pairing and grouping over time.
Teachers can support needs by setting individual tasks and targets for pupils based on
teacher assessment. For example, if a number of pupils are not able to read fluently yet, a
teacher might decide on a reading target for each pupil and provide them with different tasks
from those pupils who can already read English very well. If a few pupils are very proficient
or fast readers, they could be given extra tasks.

Strategy 6: Differentiate by the types of question asked


Closed questions are questions in which the choice of possible answers is limited. They often
involve very short responses. Open questions usually have more possible answers, and
longer responses. Asking closed questions to less proficient pupils (e.g. Which boy is
James? Is he eating noodles or rice?) gives them a chance to produce accurate answers, as
they are usually easier to answer than open questions. Asking open questions to more
proficient pupils (e.g. What can Mandy do now? or How do you think Maya feels at the end
of the story?) provides extra challenge. As less proficient pupils grow in confidence and
competence, teachers can ask them more open questions. Sometimes there are also good
reasons for asking more proficient pupils easier questions, as this involves them in the
lesson and helps the pace of the lesson.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 26


Strategy 7: Differentiate by the feedback given
Feedback given to pupils should be varied according to their ability to act on the feedback.
For example, if a pupil who is less proficient at Writing has tried hard and produces work with
a number of misspellings or grammatical mistakes, feedback can be given on what they did
well, and only 2 or 3 common misspellings or mistakes highlighted. The pupil should respond
to this feedback because the suggested improvement is achievable for them. If a stronger
pupil writes well and makes 2 mistakes, the teacher can tell them the lines in which the
mistakes are, and perhaps the kind of mistakes they are, and ask them to find and correct
them. The pupil should be able to respond to the extra challenge built in to this feedback.
The same principle applies to giving feedback on pupils’ spoken language.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 27


5. Glossary of terms in Year 4
Each lesson in the Scheme of Work includes a Learning Outline with guidance for delivering a lesson. Teachers may find useful the
following explanations of important terms used in Learning Outlines.
Term in Year 3
Scheme of Work Meaning
brainstorm (vb) This is when pupils work with one or more other pupils to put all their ideas together. They should be able to give all their ideas without
worrying about accuracy. It may be listing, categorising etc.

coordinating These are words which connect sentences or parts of sentences together, such as but, so. They are also known as cohesive devices.
conjunction

differentiation (n) Differentiation is the variety of teaching techniques and lesson adaptations that teachers use to teach a class with diverse learning needs.

discourse skills (n) Discourse is any speech or writing that is longer than a sentence, e.g. a conversation. At this level, pupils are beginning to use more
language at this level, so teachers will support pupils in developing these skills in Year 4.

drill (vb) Drilling is where the pupils hear a word, phrase or sentence and repeat it. Often the teacher says the words and pupils repeat it a few times,
but the word may be recorded and pupils may repeat more/fewer times, individually/in pairs/groups. This gives practice in pronunciation and
helps pupils remember. It can be done in different fun ways.

elicit (vb) This technique is where the teacher gets the information, answer, language from pupils, rather than telling them. It will help the teacher see
what pupils know and makes pupils more active in their learning and language use.

fast finishers (n) Pupils who are able to work at a faster pace on a specific task than the majority of pupils in a class. They are therefore ready to move on to
the next task sooner than the majority of pupils because they finish earlier than the others.

feedback (n) / feed This is the response given to something a pupil does. It can be in writing or it can be spoken, and it can be given by the teacher or peers.
back (vb) Feedback should always be motivating, formative and constructive (i.e. it should show the pupils what they did well and how they can
improve in a child-friendly way).

gapped text (adj) This is a text which has missing words or phrases. Pupils should read and decide which words or phrases to complete the text. This is also
known as ‘fill in the blanks’ activity.

gist(n) Listening or reading for global/general understanding.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 28


Term in Year 3
Scheme of Work Meaning
Letter / word jumble (n) This kind of activity is where pupils have words for a sentence in a mixed-up order, and should re-order them to form a correct sentence,
focussing on sentence structure and form. This can also be done with letters to make a word, and will support spelling skills.

mingling activity (n) When pupils mingle, they move around the classroom and talk to several different pupils. They may choose who they speak to, or they may
have to speak to a certain number of pupils to complete a task, e.g. Find six pupils in the class who have a pet cat.

monitor (v) Teachers monitor when they walk around the classroom to see and watch pupils. This is to check that they know what to do, that they are
doing what they should be doing, to answer any questions and, importantly, to check their work and give individual support and feedback.

peer-assessment (n) This is when pupils give feedback to other pupils on specific aspects of their learning, such as a specific aspect of the quality of their
speaking. The feedback can take the form of two things that were good (stars) and one area for improvement (wish).

phoneme (n) Phonemes are the sounds that make up words in spoken language.

post-lesson (adj) Activity at the end of a lesson to review and consolidate the learning.

pre-lesson (adj) Activity at the beginning of a lesson to activate pupils’ prior knowledge.

pre-teach (vb) Sometimes teachers need to teach pupils key language before they listen or read a text or do a speaking or writing activity. This will help
them understand the text and/or achieve the activity objectives.

prior knowledge (n) Knowledge and skills which pupils already have. Pupils possibly acquired from previous lessons or previous years.

realia (n) These are the ‘real thing’, used in the classroom as props to help pupils learn and remember language. For example, the teacher shows an
apple to teach the word ‘apple’, rather than using a picture.

self-assessment (n) This is when pupils are asked to assess themselves on specific aspects of their learning. For example, learning diaries kept by pupils can
reveal areas that need clarification or specific skills that need further development.

target language (n) This is the language teachers want pupils to use and learn in the lesson.

TPR activity (n) TPR = Total Physical Response. This is a way of teaching which combines movement and language to help pupils learn more deeply. It also
lets teachers check understanding. Pupils listen and mime only, or they can mime and repeat at the same time.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 29


Each lesson in the Scheme of Work contains specific Content and Learning Standards. Teachers may find useful the following explanations
of some of the terms used.

Term in Year 4 curriculum framework Meaning

Listening
Listening 1.1.1 a wide range of target language phonemes
Recognise and reproduce with support a wide Phonemes are the sounds that make up words in spoken language. By the end of Year 4, pupils

range of target language phonemes should be able to hear and say most of the phonemes, including most of the less common ones.

Listening 1.2 a variety of familiar contexts


Understand meaning in a variety of familiar Familiar contexts are ones which pupils know. Examples include contexts linked to topics covered in

contexts the Get Smart Plus 4 textbook, such as Celebrations, Eating right, and Helping out, as well as those
linked to previous learning (Years 1-3 topics).
Pupils in rural or remote areas and pupils who live in cities may be familiar with different contexts.

Please consider your local context to decide what is familiar to your pupils.

Listening 1.2.1 longer simple texts


Understand with support the main idea of longer Short simple texts are those with more than four or five utterances or sentences.

simple texts They usually contain one or paragraphs. They should be easy for pupils to understand.

See also Listening 1.2.2

Listening 1.2.3 short simple narratives


Understand with support short simple narratives Short narratives are stories which are around 10–12 pages. They may be longer if in book form.

on a range of familiar topics Progression from Year 3 relates to the range of familiar topics.
The simple narratives contain language which pupils can understand and which are familiar. In Year

4, narratives should be on a range of different topics.


Please use your own judgement when selecting short simple narratives, based on the level, context

and interest of the pupils you teach.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 30


Listening 1.2.4 longer supported classroom instructions
Understand longer supported classroom Classroom instructions are the instructions teachers use to direct pupils to do activities. In Year 4,

instructions these should be longer, for example using full sentences and combining two or more instructions
into a sequence (e.g. First, I’d like you to listen to the people talking. As you listen, please write
down three place names you hear. You can use your notebook.) Support classroom instructions
using modelling, demonstration, miming and closed questions to check understanding of all pupils.

Listening 1.2.5 supported questions


Understand a wide range of longer supported Supporting questions involves using mime and gesture, modelling and routines. This also includes

questions using pictures and objects to visually support meaning.

Listening 1.3.1 unfamiliar words


Guess the meaning of unfamiliar words from clues These are words pupils do not already understand or produce in English.

provided by the knowledge of the topic

Speaking
Speaking 2.1 simple information
Communicate simple information intelligibly Simple information is frequent, everyday information which is simple cognitively. Examples include

pupils talking about themselves, giving personal information or saying what they like. Get Smart Plus
4 provides frequent opportunities for pupils to communicate simple information orally.

Speaking 2.1.1 basic opinions


Explain and give reasons for basic opinions Basic opinions are expressed in simple language and are simple in meaning and the thinking behind

it, for example I like/don’t like /adore… or giving an opinion about a film (e.g. It was amazing.)

Speaking 2.1.3 longer sequence of basic directions


Give a longer sequence of basic directions Basic directions are short, are often two or three words long and use imperative verb forms, for

example “Turn left”. More than three or four of these together make a longer sequence of basic
directions

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 31


Speaking 2.2.1 short exchanges
Keep interaction going in short exchanges An exchange is a dialogue – that is, when there are two people communicating (or more than two).

A short exchange will usually include two turns but could include up to three or four turns if they are
very short (e.g. one word/phrase). The turns may be just one word or phrase, a fixed expression, or
may be short simple sentences.

Speaking 2.3.1 short basic stories


Narrate short basic stories Where pupils are asked to tell stories themselves, they are narrating the story. The stories should be

around a paragraph long and be simple in nature. The stories may be pupil-made or be based on
other input.

Reading
Reading 3.2.4 key features of a simple monolingual dictionary
Recognise and use with little or no support key A monolingual dictionary is one which has only English (the words and the definitions). Various titles

features of a simple monolingual dictionary are available specifically for children learning English or for CEFR A1 level learners.

Reading 3.3.1 A1 fiction/non-fiction print and digital texts


Read and enjoy A1 fiction/non-fiction print and These are reading texts for young learners of English at CEFR A1 level. Examples include stories,

digital texts of interest quizzes, emails, etc.

Writing
Writing 4.1.2 cursive writing
Use cursive handwriting in written work This is where a writer joins letters together in a word (also known as joined-up writing or longhand).

It makes the process of writing faster and is used by native writers of alphabetic scripts. Pupils
should be using cursive writing fluently in hand-written work, where appropriate, by the end of Year
4.

Writing 4.2 basic information


Communicate basic information intelligibly for a Basic information means the same as simple information (see Speaking 2.1 above).

range of purposes in print and digital media a range of purposes

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 32


The range of purposes is described in the learning standards for Years 1-6. These purposes involve
finding out about and giving personal details and opinions.

Writing 4.2.1 simple opinions


Explain and give reasons for simple opinions These are the expression of opinions such as what pupils like, dislike, prefer, or what they think of,

for example, an idea or some unusual food or clothes. The language used here will be very simple
and the opinions at a basic level.

Writing 4.2.2 simple offers and invitations


Make and respond to simple offers and invitations These may be in the form of an invitation card or a short letter or email, or they may be oral.

Information included in the invitation is basic and may include date, time, place etc. of an event
which is familiar to pupils.

Writing 4.2.3 basic everyday routines


Describe basic everyday routines These are actions and short series of actions which pupils do each day and are, therefore, very

familiar to pupils. They should be basic in nature and language, and generally require present
simple (e.g. I get up at 7 o’clock, and I brush my teeth.)

Writing 4.2.4 suitable statements


Describe people and objects using suitable Pupils should be able to describe something effectively by the end of Year 4. In order to do this, they

statements should be able to communicate sufficient and accurate detail about that person or object in a simple
way. It may include the pupils themselves.

Writing 4.2.5 coherent paragraph


Connect sentences into a coherent paragraph This is a paragraph which is made up of sentences that fit together in meaning and through

using basic coordinating conjunctions and appropriate use of linking words.


reference pronouns basic coordinating conjunctions

These are linking words which join words, sentences or parts of sentences to bring them together.

They should be simple in Year 4, such as and, but, or.


reference pronouns

A word which represents a noun, In Year 4, these should be simple, such as he/she, this/that etc.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 33


Writing 4.3.1 guided writing
Use capital letters, full stops, question marks and Pupils may follow models for writing, or the teacher will give other support with content, vocabulary

commas appropriately in guided writing at and language.


discourse level discourse level

See also Writing 4.3.2 The writing should be longer than a single sentence.

Writing 4.3.2 high frequency words


Spell most high frequency words accurately in High frequency words are words which pupils use often in Year 1-4 classroom activities, especially

guided writing in writing.

Writing 4.3.3 feedback


Produce a plan or draft of one paragraph for a Here, feedback may come from the teacher or from other pupils (peer feedback). It is also possible

familiar topic and modify this appropriately in for pupils to review drafts of their own writing and revise them based on this. In this case, the
response to feedback feedback would come from self-assessment.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 34


6. Scheme of Work: Lessons 1–160
Unit 1
SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
__

LESSON: 1 (Listening 1) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Where are you from? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Present simple for
:

Language / Patriotism personal information (All persons)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Listening Listening 1. Review self-introductions by playing a game. Pupils should give their names: Hi! Activity 1 according to the needs
My name is…. For example, pupils could sit in a circle. They throw a soft ball or of your pupils and
Student’s Book
1.2 1.2.2 piece of crumpled paper to each other to ask for and give their names. class. Please see the
and Teacher’s
Lesson delivery seven differentiation
Understand Understand with Book (page 18)
strategies listed in the
meaning in a support specific 2. Use the flag flashcards to introduce the vocabulary. This is to address the Flashcards of the introduction. Please
variety of familiar information and complementary skill.
flags from also consider the
contexts details of longer 3. Follow instructions in Teacher’s Book for Activity 1 (CD 1 - Track 3). Pupils sing or Student’s Book following:
simple texts say the words to the song. Note that the focus of this lesson should be on listening, Paper and pencils This lesson is likely to
Complementary so you could adapt the activity (e.g. hide the song lyrics or ask pupils to close their
Complementary books when listening the first time) in order to help the pupils to focus on listening for making flags be a review lesson for
Skill not reading. many pupils, although
Skill
some will remember
Listening 4. Have pupils draw the Malaysian flag. Talk to pupils about the colours and patterns
Listening language more than
in English. The activity is not about making the flags as much as it is on having the
1.1.1 others. Plan an extra
1.1 pupils listen to you talking about the colours in English.
activity for fast
5. Continue the lesson with a speaking activity, where pupils practise introducing
Recognise and Recognise and finishers, such as a
reproduce with themselves using the flags. writing activity related
reproduce target support a wide Post-lesson to the flags that pupils
language sounds range of target 6. Choose a suitable activity from the post-lesson tasks which reviews and have drawn.
language consolidates learning in this lesson.
phonemes

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 35


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
__

LESSON: 2 (Speaking 1) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Where are you from? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Present simple for
personal information (All persons)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a suitable activity from the list of pre-lesson tasks or use your own short Activity 3 according to the needs
activity to review key learning from the previous lesson in a fun, active way. of your pupils and
Speaking Speaking Lesson delivery Student’s Book class. Please see the
page 5 and seven differentiation
2.1 2.1.5 2. Begin the main part of the lesson with an activity to match country names to flags
Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
(flashcards) page 18
Communicate Describe people, introduction. Please
3. Follow instructions in Teacher’s Book for Activity 3. also consider the
simple information and objects using Country flag
intelligibly suitable statements 4. Ask pupils to choose and draw a country flag of their choice. It could be one from flashcards from following:
the textbook or of a country whose flag they know. Lesson 1 Some pupils may feel
5. Have pupils use their flags to do a speaking role-play Activity 2. Use small paper
Paper and pencils shy to speak in front of
Complementary Complementary and give strict time limits for drawing the flags. Some pupils may want to spend a the class or a large
for making flags
Skill Skill long time colouring, but need to learn to work within a time limit. They can use group. Plan a pair work
(keep these flags
unfinished flags for the activity and finish them at home. activity so that these
for later lessons)
Listening Listening Note: To achieve the complementary skill, focus on giving clear classroom pupils can practise
1.2 1.2.4 instructions in English, and helping pupils understand them using demonstration. quietly with a partner.
You could make a classroom display to show key words and phrases that you will
Understand Understand longer use for classroom instructions throughout the year. Pupils can then refer to this
meaning in a supported when they need to.
variety of familiar classroom Post-lesson
contexts instructions 6. Play the song from Activity 1 (CD 1 - Track 3) and have pupils sing along or
choose a suitable activity from the list of post-lesson tasks to ask pupils to reflect on
their learning.
Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 36
SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
LESSON: 3 (Reading 1) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK: __

TOPIC: Where are you from? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Present simple for
Language personal information (questions, all persons): Where are you
from? I’m from…; Nationalities: I‘m…

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Introduce the topic of the lesson using the picture of a mummy to find out 4 according to the needs of your
pupils and class. Please see
Reading Reading what pupils know about this topic. Activities 1-3 the seven differentiation
3.2 3.2.2 Lesson delivery Student’s Book strategies listed in the
and Teacher’s introduction. Please also
Understand a Understand specific 2. Follow instructions in Teacher’s book for Vocabulary (CD1 – Track 6). Book pages 20- consider the following:
21
variety of linear information and 3. Show pupils the picture of the mummy again. Use this to encourage pupils Some pupils may have limited
and non-linear details of simple to guess the meaning of alive. Picture of an background knowledge of the
print and digital texts of one or two Egyptian topic. In this case, you could
texts by using paragraphs 4. Follow instructions in Teacher’s Book for Activity 1 (CD1 – Track 7). mummy prepare some more pictures
appropriate (If time allows, teachers could follow instructions in Teacher’s Book for Activity and talk a little about Egyptian
reading strategies civilisation to extend their
2).
Complementary understanding at the beginning
Complementary
Skill 5. Follow instructions in Teacher’s Book for Grammar Box and Activity 3. of the lesson.
Skill
Listening Listening Note: To achieve the complementary skill, remember to use clear instructions Some pupils may have
and demonstrations using set phrases and words consistently. Focus on these difficulty with English names.
1.2 1.2.4 specifically so that pupils begin to understand them more easily. You could put names from this
Understand longer Post-lesson unit on word cards and have
Understand pupils work in mixed
meaning in a supported 6. Choose a suitable activity from the post-lesson tasks which reviews and proficiency pairs to read the
variety of familiar classroom names and say if they are
consolidates learning in this lesson. Focus on content or language.
contexts instructions male or female.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 37


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
LESSON: 4 (Writing 1) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
__

TOPIC: Where are you from? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Present simple for
WEEK:

personal information (questions, all persons): Where are you


from? I’m from… ; Nationalities: I‘m…

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson You could create a Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a suitable activity from the list of pre-lesson tasks or use your own short worksheet(s) according to the needs
and/or use pupil- of your pupils and
Writing Writing activity to review key learning from the previous lesson in a fun, active way. made materials for class. Please see the
4.2 4.2.4 You can also use this stage to introduce new vocabulary for the lesson. this lesson. seven differentiation
strategies listed in the
Communicate Describe people Lesson delivery introduction. Please
basic information and objects using 2. Plan a fun and communicative lesson which helps pupils develop the main and also consider the
intelligibly for a suitable statements following:
complementary writing skills using the language/grammar given for this lesson.
range of purposes Activities in the lesson should focus on writing words accurately and developing Pupils may differ a lot
in print and digital sentences which describe where different people are from. Pupils may use other in their writing skills
media Complementary skills as well in the lesson (Reading, Speaking, Listening). Activities could include competence. Be sure to
Complementary Skill spelling games, and those which help everybody get to know each other better. plan support (e.g.
models and extra time)
Skill Post-lesson
Writing for less proficient pupils
Writing 4.3.2 3. Choose a suitable Post-lesson task from the list, for example from the tasks as well as extension for
more proficient pupils.
which ask pupils to reflect on their learning in this sequence of lessons (post-lesson
4.3
Spell most high tasks 10-12).
Communicate frequency words
with appropriate accurately in guided
language form writing
and style for a
range of purposes
in print and digital
media

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 38


__ SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
LESSON: 5 (Language Arts 1) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Holiday Memories (Poem) CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Tenses (Simple Past)
:

Creativity and Innovation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Anthology of Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Carry out Steps 1 and 2 of Activity 1 (page 7) of Contemporary Children’s Poems according to the needs
of your pupils and
Language Arts Language Arts Literature (CCL) Teaching Guidebook.
class. Please see the
5.3 5.3.1 Note: Make copies of pictures on pages 8-11 in the CCL Teaching Guidebook. Contemporary seven differentiation
Children’s strategies listed in the
Lesson delivery
Express an Respond imaginatively Literature introduction. Please
imaginative and intelligibly through 2. Group work: Continue Steps 3 to 7 of Activity 1. Teaching also consider the
response to creating simple picture Note: Teacher facilitates pupils’ reading of poems, checks on pronunciation and Guidebook (BPK) following:
literary texts stories, simple poems, – Poetry Some pupils might not
intonation.
and cartoon stories. be able to read
3. In the same group, take pupils through Steps 3 to 5 of Activity 2 (page 13) of
Other imaginative independently. Teacher
Complementary CCL Teaching Guidebook. will then have to lead
responses as
Skill Note: Make copies of Worksheet 1 (page 14) of CCL Teaching Guidebook. the reading, or model
appropriate.
read a few times before
Reading Complementary Skill 4. Recite poems (with the added line) in respective groups. asking pupils to do so.
3.3 Reading Post-lesson Or

Read 3.3.1 5. Have pupils show a smiley face to represent their feelings of the lesson. If your class is mixed
independently ability, have the more
for information Read and enjoy A1 proficient pupils lead
and enjoyment fiction/non-fiction print the reading.
and digital texts of (Strategy 2)
interest

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 39


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
LESSON: 6 (Listening 2) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
__

TOPIC: Where are you from? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Global LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Present simple for personal
WEEK:

Sustainability information (questions, all persons): Where are you from? I’m
from… ; Nationalities: I‘m…

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a suitable activity from the list of pre-lesson tasks or use your own short Activity 4 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Listening Listening activity to review key learning from the previous lesson in a fun, active way. Student’s Book Please see the seven
1.2 1.2.2 Lesson delivery and Teacher’s differentiation strategies
Book page 21. listed in the introduction.
Understand Understand with 2. Begin the lesson with a matching activity where pupils review country and Please also consider the
meaning in a support specific nationalities. following:
variety of familiar information and 3. Follow instructions for Activity 4 (CD 1 -Track 8) in the Teacher’s Book. Monitor carefully while
contexts details of longer pupils are doing the
simple texts Note: Some pupils may have difficulty with pronunciation, especially as word stress activity. Support less
changes between country and nationality. Provide plenty of drilling activities and proficient pupils as
support pupils who have difficulty in pronouncing certain phonemes and word stress. needed. Note common
Complementary Complementary Give feedback and encourage pupils to practise. problems (e.g. in
Skill Post-lesson pronunciation or change
Skill from noun to adjective)
Listening Listening 4. Choose a suitable activity from the post-lesson tasks which reviews and and review these with the
consolidates learning from this lesson. whole class before the
1.1.1
1.1 post-lesson stage.
Recognise and Recognise and
reproduce with
reproduce target support a wide
language sounds range of target
language
phonemes

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 40


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
LESSON: 7 (Speaking 2) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
__

TOPIC: Where are you from? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Global LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Present simple for personal
WEEK:

Sustainability information (questions, all persons): Where are you from? I’m
from… ; Nationalities: I‘m… / You’re…

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a suitable activity from the list of pre-lesson tasks or use your own short Activity 5 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Speaking Speaking activity to review key learning from the previous lesson in a fun, active way. Student’s Book Please see the seven
2.1 2.1.5 Lesson delivery and Teacher’s differentiation strategies
Book listed in the introduction.
Communicate Describe people, and 2. Play a game to review countries and nationalities. If possible Please also consider the
simple information objects using suitable 3. Follow instructions for Activity 5 in Teacher’s Book (page 21). Note that pupils pictures of famous following:
intelligibly statements can use the flags they made in previous lesson(s). people or popular You could ask pupils to
Complementary 4. Play the CD (Track 9) and ask pupils to listen and follow the text with their finger. characters from tell you the names of
different countries. famous Malaysian and
Skill Play it again and ask pupils to repeat.
Complementary non-Malaysian people
Pupil-made flags
Skill Speaking they know and/or like, or
5. Explain to pupils how the speaker is using words to show understanding (by from previous
you could have them
saying the nationality in response). lesson(s)
Speaking 2.2.1 choose their own people
2.2 Keep interaction 6. Elicit or give alternative phrases such as ‘Really? So, you’re Brazilian’. Then in Stage 5. This will give
practise the dialogue using open pairs (modify voice, volume, etc., to make it more individual pupils
going in short
Use appropriate fun). ownership of the activity
exchanges by:
communication and increase motivation.
7. Introduce the famous people and do a role-play activity based on these using
strategies using suitable words similar language. Have pupils clarify your instructions before beginning the activity.
(i) to show Post-lesson
understanding
(ii) to ask for 8. Choose a suitable activity from the post-lesson tasks which reviews and
consolidates learning from this lesson.
clarification

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 41


__
SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
LESSON: 8 (Reading 2) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: Where are you from? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Adverbs of frequency to
describe routine: e.g. I always + verb

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a suitable Pre-lesson task from the list which introduces the lesson topic Activities 1-2 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Reading Reading in a fun and active way (e.g. miming everyday activities) Student’s Book Please see the seven
3.2 3.2.3 Lesson delivery and Teacher’s differentiation strategies
Book listed in the introduction.
Understand a Guess the meaning 2. Give pupils the title of the text(s). Using the pictures, elicit the meaning of figure Pictures of the Please also consider the
variety of linear of unfamiliar words skater and chess player. children from following:
and non-linear from clues provided 3. Have pupils read the text to find the meaning of the key vocabulary (see Student’s Student’s Book Some pupils may find
print and digital by title and topic Book (Page 8), topic: ice-skate and ice-skating rink). reading a longer text
texts by using 4. Follow instructions for Activity 1 (Track 11) in Teacher’s Book (page 22). challenging. For the first
appropriate reading (Stage 3), you
reading strategies Complementary 5. Follow instructions for Activity 2 in Teacher’s Book (page 23). could give half of the
Complementary Skill class one text and the
Post-lesson other half use the other
Skill Reading
text. Pupils can then
6. Choose a suitable activity from the post-lesson tasks which extends and
Reading make pairs and share
3.2.2 personalises learning. their answers before
3.2 Understand specific feeding back as a whole
Understand a information and class. This will allow
details of simple pupils to support each
variety of linear other and work
and non-linear texts of one or two
paragraphs collaboratively.
print and digital
texts by using
appropriate
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 42


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
__
LESSON: 9 (Writing 2) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Where are you from? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Adverbs of frequency
:

to describe routine: e.g. I always + verb

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a suitable activity from the list of pre-lesson tasks or use your own short activity to 4 according to the
needs of your pupils
Writing Writing review key learning from the previous lesson in a fun, active way. Activities 3-4 and class. Please see
4.2 4.2.3 Lesson delivery Student’s Book the seven
2. Follow instructions for Grammar Box in Teacher’s Book (page 22). and Teacher’s differentiation
Communicate Describe basic Book strategies listed in the
basic information everyday 3. Play a group or pair spelling game which focusses on the spelling of adverbs in this introduction. Please
intelligibly for a routines lesson. Support pupils in the use of cursive writing if necessary. also consider the
range of 4. Follow instructions for Activity 3 (Track 12) in Teacher’s Book (page 23). following:
purposes in print Note: Remind pupils to focus on accurate spelling and to use cursive writing. Support pupils Give pupils a
and digital media minimum number of
and provide models using cursive writing if necessary. sentences to write in
5. Follow instructions for Activity 4 (Track 13) in Teacher’s Book (page 23). Stage 5 (e.g. two).
Complementary Complementary 6. Have pupils write sentences about their day in their notebooks. Less proficient pupils
Skill can write two
Skill
Note: Remind them to use cursive writing and to take care when forming and joining the sentences, while other
Writing Writing letters in words so that their writing is legible. pupils can write more.
4.1 4.1.2 7. Ask pupils to compare their sentences with some others in the class (as a mingling or a Depending on your
Form letters and large group activity). pupils’ proficiency
Use cursive Note: They should try to find another pupil with the same (or very similar) sentence as theirs. level, you may need to
words in neat writing in written review vocabulary for
legible print work Post-lesson everyday activities
using cursive and times. You could
writing 8. Choose a suitable activity from the post-lesson tasks which asks pupils to reflect on their use mime and a
recent learning. model clock.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 43


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
__
LESSON: 10 (Language Arts 2) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: At the Playground (Poem) CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Vocabulary;
Values (Safety) Adjectives

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Anthology of Differentiate
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Review related vocabulary of the poem At the Playground (Steps 1 to 4 of Activity Poems learning according
to the needs of your
1, page 26) of the CCL Teaching Guidebook).
Language Arts Language Arts pupils and class.
5.2 5.2.1 Note: Make copies of pictures on page 27. Contemporary Please see the
Children’s seven differentiation
Lesson delivery
Express personal Say in simple words Literature strategies listed in
responses to and phrases how a 2. Follow Steps 1 to 4 of Activity 3 (page 30) in the CCL Teaching Guidebook. Teaching the introduction.
literary texts text makes them Note: Teacher needs to make copies of Worksheet 2 (page 31) for pupils. Guidebook (BPK) Please also
feel. – Poetry consider the
3. Guide pupils to give reasons for their feeling based on the flow map. following:
Complementary Complementary Completing the flow
Skill Post-lesson
Skill 4. Recite poems with feelings as indicated in the flow map. map might be
Speaking Speaking difficult for some
Note: Encourage other pupils to identify the feelings shown and shout out loud the pupils. Teacher may
2.1.1 want to provide the
2.1 words.
necessary
Communicate Explain and give vocabulary, or help
reasons for basic pupils with the
simple information opinion.
intelligibly. words if they use
L1.
(Strategy 1 and 2)

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 44


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
__
LESSON: 11 (Listening 3) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: Where are you from? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Sound: /s/ and /z/ for
:

third person singular of the Simple Present Tense

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose or adapt a suitable Pre-lesson task from the list which can Student’s Book according to the needs of your
pupils and class. Please see
Listening Listening focus third person singular of the Simple Present Tense in a fun way. (pages 12-13) and the seven differentiation
1.2 1.2.3 Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
Large copies of introduction. Please also
2. Using one of the pictures from the story (Student’s Book, pages 12-13), consider the following:
Understand Understand with pictures from story
meaning in a support short simple introduce the characters of the story. The focus is on extensive
variety of familiar narratives on a 3. Put all four pictures on the board, in an incorrect order. listening in this lesson. Some
contexts range of familiar pupils may want to see the
topics 4. Ask pupils to listen to the story and think about which order the pictures story in written form sooner. In
go in. Play the CD (Track 16). this case, allow them to read
5. Check pupils’ answers and play once again if necessary. the story as they listen an
Complementary extra time after stage 5.
Complementary 6. Ask a few further questions about the pictures that relate to the focus
Skill Depending on your pupils, you
Skill of the story (e.g. about karate, China, etc.). Ask pupils what they think of
Listening may want to extend or reduce
the story.
Listening the focus on pronunciation of
1.1 1.1.1 7. Follow instructions for Activities 1 & 2, Phonics 1 (Teacher’s Book, the plural -s using extra, fun
Recognise and page 98). activities, or by leaving out
Recognise and Activity 2 phonics.
reproduce with 7. Ask pupils to work in pairs to find examples of /s/ and /z/ in the story.
reproduce target support a wide They listen to the CD (Track 16) again to check their answers.
language sounds range of target
language Post-lesson
phonemes 8. Play a fun game which focuses on distinguishing /s/ and /z/

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 45


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
LESSON: 12 (Speaking 3) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
__

TOPIC: Where are you from? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Patriotism LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Present continuous
WEEK:

questions in third person: e.g. What is he doing?; and answers:


e.g. He’s ..-ing

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a suitable activity from the list of pre-lesson tasks or use your own short Activity 1, according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Speaking Speaking activity to review key learning from the previous lesson in a fun, active way. You Student’s Book Please see the seven
2.1 2.1.5 could re-use the flags from previous lessons. and Teacher’s differentiation strategies
Lesson delivery Book listed in the introduction.
Please also consider the
Communicate Describe people, Blank cards (2 per
2. Begin the main lesson with revision (see Revision box, in the Teacher’s Book, following:
simple information and objects using pupil)
intelligibly suitable statements page 30) Encourage more
3. Follow the instructions for Activity 1 (Track 17) in the Teacher’s Book (page 30). proficient pupils to use
Note: This activity addresses both main and complementary skills. different vocabulary in
Step 4. When they play
4. Ask pupil to make two cards similar to the ones in Activity 2 in Student’s Book. the game in Step 5, they
Complementary Complementary can peer teach to other
They could draw these or could write the cards.
Skill Skill pupils in the group.
Listening Listening 5. Ask pupils to work in small groups. They play a game using their cards and the
question and answer forms from this lesson (Student’s Book, page 14), for example
1.2 1.2.5 a guessing game.
Understand Understand longer Post-lesson

meaning in a supported questions 6. Choose a post-lesson activity from the list which allows you to evaluate the pupils’
variety of familiar learning from this lesson.
contexts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 46


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
__
LESSON: 13 (Reading 3) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Where are you from? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Present simple to describe
oneself

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Using a picture of a child, play a guessing game about their personal details (age, Activities 1-2 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Reading Reading nationality, where they’re from, family, hobbies etc.) to review key language. Student’s Book Please see the seven
3.2 3.2.1 Lesson delivery and Teacher’s differentiation strategies
Book listed in the introduction.
Understand a Understand the 2. Explain that the child in the picture sent them an email. Hand out the example An example email Please also consider the
variety of linear main idea of simple email (Student’s Book, page 11) and tell pupils it is the email from this child. using email in the following:
and non-linear texts of one or two 3. Pupils read the email and check their answers (from the pre-lesson stage). Student’s Book as You can make the
print and digital paragraphs a model content of the example
texts by using 4. Follow the instructions for Activity 1 (Track 15) & Activity 2 in Teacher’s Book Picture of the child email simpler or more
appropriate (page 26). challenging by varying
reading strategies who wrote the vocabulary and length.
Note: Ask pupils to bring (or draw) pictures of themselves doing a sport in the next email
Try not to introduce new
Complementary lesson.
Complementary vocabulary or form in this
Skill
Skill Post-lesson email, however.
Reading Reading 5. Choose a suitable activity from the post-lesson tasks which reviews or You could create more
3.2 3.2.2 consolidates learning. than one version of the
email, with different
Understand a Understand specific levels of difficulty, so that
variety of linear more proficient pupils are
information and
and non-linear challenged as much as
details of simple
print and digital less proficient pupils.
texts of one or two
texts by using
paragraphs
appropriate
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 47


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
__
LESSON: 14 (Writing 3) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Where are you from? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Present simple to describe
:

oneself

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a suitable Pre-lesson task from the list which reviews key language and Writing Tip according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Writing Writing vocabulary in a fun and active way. You could re-use the flags from previous Student’s Book Please see the seven
4.3 4.3.1 lessons. and Teacher’s differentiation strategies
Lesson delivery Book listed in the introduction.
Communicate Use capital letters, Pupils bring Please also consider the
2. Begin the main lesson with Warm-up activity: follow instructions in Teacher’s following:
with appropriate full stops, question pictures of
language form marks and commas Book (page 26). themselves Encourage pupils to use
and style for a in lists appropriately 3. Using the pictures that pupils brought to this lesson, follow the instructions for the model email in the
range of purposes in guided writing at Optional activity in the Teacher’s Book (page 27). Student’s Book as much
in print and digital discourse level or as little as they need
media 4. Follow the instructions for Writing Tip in the Teacher’s Book (page 26). to. Some pupils will need
5. Have pupils write their own email, based on the pictures they brought. If possible, this support more than
Complementary others. Encourage more
have pupils use computers for this activity and/or send their email to a classmate.
Complementary Skill Otherwise, you could create a worksheet that looks like an email. proficient pupils to write
Skill Speaking more.
Speaking 6. If possible, have pupils send/give their emails to a friend. Monitor carefully and
2.1.5 7. Pupils respond informally (orally or in writing) to the email they received. support all pupils, giving
2.1 Describe people, Post-lesson feedback and helping
them extend their
Communicate and objects using 8. Choose a suitable post-lesson task which asks pupils to reflect on recent learning. language to say what
simple information suitable statements they want to say about
intelligibly themselves.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 48


__ SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
LESSON: 15 (Language Arts 3) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Self, Family, and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Sounds like Magic (Poem) CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Tenses (Simple Past)
:

Creativity and Innovation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Anthology of Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow Steps 3 to 5 of Activity 1 (page 38) of CCL Teaching Guidebook. Poems according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Language Arts Language Arts
Lesson Delivery Please see the seven
5.3 5.3.1 2. Follow Steps 1 to 9 of Activity 2 (page 40) of CCL Teaching Guidebook. Contemporary differentiation strategies
Children’s listed in the introduction.
Express an Respond 3. Tell pupils that the theme for today’s lesson is ‘Magic’. Literature Please also consider the
imaginative imaginatively and 4. In groups, pupils discuss and decide what other sounds they can hear from the Teaching following:
response to intelligibly through Guidebook (BPK) Creating a line to
objects in the poem (seashell, eggshell, hollow coconut, teacup).
– Poetry
literary texts creating simple describe the new sound
picture stories, 6. Pupils then rewrite any one stanza of the poem, with the new sound that they they hear may be difficult
simple poems, and hear. for some pupils. Teacher
Complementary cartoon stories. Example: I listened to a coconut may have to scaffold this
Skill Other imaginative and thought I could hear activity by leading pupils
to list down relevant
responses as
Writing the sound of a fish swimming vocabulary, and model
appropriate.
4.2 inside my ear. write with them.
Complementary
Communicate Skill Post-lesson (Strategy 2)
basic information Writing 7. Have pupils recite their new stanza in front of the class.
intelligibly for a
range of purposes 4.2.4
in print and digital
media. Describe people
and objects using
suitable statements.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 49


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 1)
LESSON: 16 (Language Awareness 1) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Awareness THEME: teacher to complete
WEEK: __

TOPIC: Where are you from? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of language from
Unit 1

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Language Language Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Awareness Awareness lessons 1. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Warm up activity. Revision 1, according to the needs of
lessons should be should be your pupils and class.
presented and presented and Lesson delivery Activities 1-3 Please see the seven
practised using a practised using a Student’s Book differentiation strategies
main skill and a main skill and a 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activities 1 to 3. You could also and Teacher’s listed in the introduction.
complementary complementary skill use the Optional activity in the Teacher’s Book. Book Please also consider the
skill (Listening, (Listening, Note: Self-assessment following:
Speaking, Speaking, Reading worksheet *Pupils will need support
Reading or or Writing).  Plan any further activities for this lesson to develop language skills according to understanding and
Writing). Teachers Teachers can use your pupils’ needs. completing the self-
can use Year 4 Year 4 Content and assessment worksheet,
Content and Learning Standards  You can use information about your pupils’ performance which you collected especially at the
Learning in the DSKP using formative assessment strategies while teaching this unit.
beginning of the year.
Standards in curriculum
 The information could include your observation of pupils interacting in Pupils can complete it in
DSKP curriculum document.
classroom activities and their performance in written activities. their own language if
document.
necessary.
 Plan activities which focus on language practice in a meaningful, fun and
communicative way.
Post-lesson

3. Ask pupils to think about their learning and performance in this unit. They then

complete the self-assessment worksheet (see below) and notes in differentiation


strategies column.
4. Collect the worksheets from pupils and review them to note pupils’ responses. If

there are any areas of concern, prepare a review of these in upcoming lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 50


How did I do in Unit 1? Put ✔ next to Great, OK, or A little.

In English, I know how to…

…talk about countries and nationalities Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…talk about what I do every day Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…talk about my free time Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…write an e-mail to a new friend Great ____ OK ____ A little

____

 I’m proud of myself because I can ____________________________________ very well.

 In the next unit, I will ____________________________________ better / more.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 51


Unit 2
SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
__

LESSON: 17 (Listening 4) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: My Week CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Expressing likes and
skills (present tense): e.g. I like/love… / I’m good at…

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill according to the needs
Listening Listening 1. Choose a suitable Pre-lesson task from the list which introduces the topic in a fun Activity 1 of your pupils and
1.2 1.2.2 and active way. Student’s Book class. Please see the
Understand Understand with (page 15) and seven differentiation
meaning in a support specific Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
variety of familiar information and 2. Introduce the subjects vocabulary using the flashcards and ask pupils to raise (page 32) introduction. Please
contexts details of longer also consider the
their hands to say if they like and/or are good at a subject.
simple texts following:
3. Ask pupils to repeat the words after you. Depending on the
Complementary Complementary 4. Play a matching game/activity where pupils match the pictures to the written needs and level of your
Skill Skill pupils, you could
Listening Listening words. This activity is leading in to the listening activity and aims to support pupils extend the vocabulary
1.1 1.1.1 with vocabulary in written form. It can be an optional activity. in this lesson by asking
Recognise and Recognise and 4. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1 (Track 19). pupils about the
reproduce target reproduce with subjects that they cover
language sounds support a wide Note: The focus of this lesson should be on listening, so you could adapt the activity in their weekly time
range of target (e.g. hide the song lyrics or ask pupils to close their books when listening the first table.
language time) in order to help the pupils to focus on listening not reading. Note that some pupils
phonemes 5. Draw attention to the rhyming words in the song (too & you). Follow up with an may not join in with the
song. In this case, you
activity which practises this sound. could consider having
6. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s book for TPR activity. them say or chant the
words instead.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 52


Post-lesson

7. Finish the lesson with an activity from the post-lesson tasks which reviews
and consolidates learning.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 53


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
LESSON: 18 (Speaking 4) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
__

TOPIC: My Week CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Questions (present


WEEK:

simple) to ask about preference: What’s your favourite


[subject]?

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose an activity from the pre-lesson tasks to review vocabulary your pupils Activity 3 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Speaking Speaking found challenging in the previous lesson. Student’s Book class. Please see the
2.1 2.1.1 Lesson delivery (page 15) and seven differentiation
Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
Communicate Explain and give 2. Ask pupils to look at their timetable and try to elicit subjects they learn in their (page 33) introduction. Please
simple information reasons for basic school day. Pupils’ timetable also consider the
intelligibly opinions 3. Have pupils write down three subjects they like. Ask some pupils what their following:

favourite subject(s) is/are, and elicit basic ideas for why they like these subjects. If pupils have difficulty
4. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3. Encourage pupils to writing the words in
their notebooks, remind
give reasons for their answer as best they can. them to check the
Complementary Complementary 5. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the optional activity. spelling in the Student’s
Skill Skill Book.
Listening Listening Post-lesson Provide plenty of

1.2 1.2.5 6. Choose an activity from the post-lesson tasks to evaluate learning or play the controlled practice of
song again and have pupils sing or do a fun task as they listen. the question-answer in
Understand Understand longer this lesson to support
less confident pupils.
meaning in a supported questions
variety of familiar
contexts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 54


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
__
LESSON: Lesson 19 (Reading 4) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: My Week CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Present simple for talking
:

about regular actions (school timetable)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow the instructions for Warm up in the Teacher’s Book. A story in the according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
Reading Reading Lesson delivery Student’s Book see the seven differentiation
(page 16) and strategies listed in the
3.3 3.3.1 Teacher’s Book
2. Introduce the characters in the story using pictures. introduction. Please also
Read Read and enjoy A1 (pages 34-35) consider the following:
3. Ask pupils to read the story quietly, on their own.
independently for fiction/non-fiction 4. Ask pupils some questions, e.g. Where are they? What are they looking Pupils may not be used to
information and print and digital reading in this way in
enjoyment texts of interest at? Do they have the same timetable or different timetables?) English. Encourage them to
5. Follow up by asking pupils for their opinions on the story. read silently and remind
them they can take as long
Complementary 6. If time allows, play a true-false activity about the story. as they need to read and
Skill Complementary Post-lesson understand the story. Make
sure they are sitting
Reading Skill 7. Review the story using a post-lesson task form the list. comfortably.
3.2 Reading If you have more proficient
Understand a 3.2.1 pupils in your class, make
sure to plan for fast finishers
variety of linear Understand the so that they don’t move on to
and non-linear the next Page. Avoid
print and digital main idea of simple rewarding pupils for finishing
texts by using texts of one or two
quickly, but provide a
appropriate paragraphs meaningful task which will
reading strategies extend/review their learning.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 55


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
LESSON: 20 (Writing 4) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
__

TOPIC: My Week CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Questions in present


WEEK:

simple with How often:. e.g. How often do you have


[subject]?; adverbs of frequency: e.g. Three times a week.

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning according

Writing Writing 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list which will introduce the lesson Activities 1-2 to the needs of your pupils and
class. Please see the seven
4.2 4.2.4 and review the vocabulary. differentiation strategies listed in
Communicate Describe people Student’s Book
the introduction. Please also
basic information and objects using Lesson delivery (pages 16-17) and
consider the following:
intelligibly for a suitable statements Teacher’s Book
2. Re-introduce the story and follow instructions for Activity 1 (Track 22).
range of purposes (pages 34-35) If some pupils have difficulty
in print and digital Complementary 3. Focus on specific understanding of the text by following instructions for writing true/false sentences,
media Skill Activity 3. show the class how to change
Reading 4. Draw attention to the target language by following the instructions for words in the sentence (e.g. the
Complementary 3.2.2 person’s name, the adverb of
Skill Understand specific Grammar box. frequency, the day) using
Writing information and 5. Have pupils write more True/False statements as a quiz for other models on the board. Leave
3.2 details of simple models there on the board for
pupils.
Understand a texts of one or two pupils to work from.
variety of linear paragraphs 6. If time allows, have pupils write (or say) sentences about their Give a minimum number of
and non-linear timetable/week at school.
sentences to write so that more
print and digital
texts by using Post-lesson proficient pupils can write more.
appropriate 7. Choose a suitable Post-lesson task from the list, which asks pupils to
reading strategies
reflect on their learning in this sequence of lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 56


__ SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
LESSON: 21 (Language Arts 4) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Grandma’s House (Poem) CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Wh-questions
Creativity and Innovation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Note: Ask pupils to bring household item toys. Teacher brings shoe boxes. Anthology of Differentiate learning
Poems according to the needs
Pre-lesson
of your pupils and
Language Arts Language Arts
1. Follow Steps 1 to 4 (page 46) of Activity 1 in CCL Teaching Guidebook. class. Please see the
5.3 5.3.1
Contemporary seven differentiation
Express an Respond Lesson delivery
Children’s strategies listed in the
imaginative imaginatively and
2. Follow Steps 6 to 8 (page 46) of Activity 1 in CCL Teaching Guidebook. Literature introduction. Please
response to intelligibly through
Teaching also consider the
literary texts. creating simple Note: Make copies of Worksheet 1 on page 47.
Guidebook (BPK) following:
picture stories,
Complementary simple poems, and 3. Making a Diorama: Follow Step 2 of Activity 4 (page 55) in CCL Teaching – Poetry Some pupils may need
Skill cartoon stories. Guidebook. more time to complete
Post-lesson the dioramas. Teacher
Listening Other imaginative 4. Pupils describe their dioramas in at least 4 sentences. can give them more
1.2 responses as time and check with
Understand appropriate. them the product at a
meaning in a specified time.
variety of familiar Complementary
contexts. Skill
Listening (Strategy 4)

1.2.5
Understand a wide
range of longer
supported
questions.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 57


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
LESSON: 22 (Listening 5) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
__

TOPIC: My Week CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Questions in present


WEEK:

simple with How often:. e.g. How often do you have [subject]?;
adverbs of frequency: e.g. Three times a week.

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION STRATEGIES


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning according to the
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Play a game to review activities vocabulary. Activity 1 needs of your pupils and class.
Please see the seven differentiation
Listening Listening Lesson delivery Student’s Book strategies listed in the introduction.
(pages 16-17) Please also consider the following:
1.2 1.2.5
2. Review the story from Activity 1 (Track 22) by asking pupils to listen
For Stage 6, provide support for
Understand Understand longer again and respond to questions Why do the girls go to the wrong
making these sentences according to
meaning in a supported questions classroom? / Do the girls solve their problem? / How do the girls feel at Sentence strips the level of your pupils.
variety of familiar the end of the story? Why?
contexts 3. Provide sentence strips to pupils about the story that they have read/ Consider extending the speaking
listened. Ask pupils to sequence the sentence strips according to the exchange into a longer dialogue (e.g.
Complementary story to show their understanding. by adding responses such as Oh,
Complementary Post-lesson lucky you!), depending on the level of
Skill Skill your class or individual pupils. You
Listening Listening 3. Review learning using an activity from the post-lesson tasks list. could pair more proficient pupils
together for this.
1.2 1.2.3 Presenting to a group rather than to

Understand Understand with the whole class can support less


meaning in a support short simple confident pupils. It will also help the
variety of familiar narratives on a pace of the lesson giving time for
contexts range of familiar pupils to speak more, especially in
topics large classes.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 58


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
LESSON: 23 (Speaking 5)
__ WEEK:

CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Will for prediction


TOPIC: My Week
CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION
STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Pupils’ timetables, Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Play a game to review school subjects vocabulary. if available or an according to the needs of your
example timetable pupils and class. Please see
Speaking Speaking Lesson delivery as a worksheet the seven differentiation
2.1 2.1.4 Strips of paper strategies listed in the
2. Play a game where pupils talk about or match adjectives and school introduction. Please also
Communicate Give reasons for subjects (e.g. English / fun) consider the following:
simple information simple predictions 3. Have pupils look at their timetables (or the example one). In pairs, they Be sure to model language
intelligibly talk about how each day will be, e.g. I think Monday will be great because pupils need and provide
we have maths. Pupils may need a lot of support in forming this sentence. practise before the speaking
Be sure to model it carefully and have pupils practise in a drilling activity and writing stages. In Stage 4,
Complementary Complementary before the pair work. pupils could have two or more
Skill 4. Hand out strips of paper, two (or more) per pupil. Pupils write a sentence strips of paper to write on.
Skill
Writing Writing on each paper to say what they think about a subject and why.
5. In groups, pupils put their papers together. They mix them up. Pupils
4.2 4.2.1
take a paper in turn, read it, and guess who wrote the paper. They then say
Communicate Explain and give if they agree or disagree with the opinion.
basic information
intelligibly for a reasons for simple Post-lesson
range of purposes opinions 6. Review the lesson using an activity from the post-lesson task list.
in print and digital
media

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 59


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
__
LESSON: 24 (Reading 5) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: My Week CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Patriotism LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Questions about


obligation using have to in present simple

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning according
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Introduce vocabulary in the text using mime and by following Activities 1-2 to the needs of your pupils and
class. Please see the seven
Reading Reading instructions for Warm up in the Teacher’s Book. Avoid introducing feed and Student’s Book differentiation strategies listed in
3.2 3.2.2 jobs. (pages 18-19) and the introduction. Please also
Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book consider the following:
(pages 36-37)
Understand a Understand specific 2. Ask a question for general understanding, e.g. Which child is most like Some of the topic content of this
variety of linear information and lesson may need adapting to
and non-linear details of simple you? Then follow the first two instructions for Activity 1 in the Teacher’s
suit your pupils’ context. Make
print and digital texts of one or two Book. Have pupils read and listen (Track 25) to the text.
sure to draw connections
texts by using paragraphs 4. Ask pupils to find and guess the meaning of unfamiliar words in the text. between the language, topic and
appropriate Complementary Remind them to think about the topic of the text and the sentences around pupils’ own lives as much as
reading strategies the words. possible, while reminding them
Skill
that children in other countries
Complementary 5. Follow the remaining instructions for Activity 1 in the Teacher’s Book.
Reading have to do different jobs to help
Skill
around the house.
Note: pupils do not do the writing task at the bottom of the Page in this
Reading 3.2.3
lesson.
3.2 Guess the meaning 6. Follow the instructions for Activity 2 in the Teacher’s Book.
of unfamiliar words
Understand a from clues provided Post-lesson
variety of linear by title and topic 7. Finish with a game to further consolidate understanding of the language
and non-linear
print and digital point (have to) in a personal way.
texts by using
appropriate
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 60


__ SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
LESSON: 25 (Writing 5) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: My Week CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Patriotism LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Have to (present simple) to
:

talk about obligation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-lesson Student’s Book Differentiate learning according to
Writing Writing 1. Do a fun activity with pupils to review spelling of two or three most relevant (page 18) and the needs of your pupils and
Teacher’s Book class. Please see the seven
4.3 4.3.3 vocabulary relating to helping at home. During feedback, help pupils to (page 36) differentiation strategies listed in
Communicate Produce a plan or extend phrases for helping at home. the introduction. Please also
Lesson delivery Model consider the following:
with appropriate draft of one paragraph about Some pupils may find writing a
language form paragraph for a 2. Have pupils list the jobs they do at home and talk to a partner about their you or your
and style for a familiar topic and family paragraph challenging. You can
list.
range of purposes modify this provide support through your
in print and digital appropriately in 3. Use a pre-prepared paragraph as a model to draw attention to features of model paragraph, including using
media response to punctuation. You could have pupils insert the punctuation (on a separate it as an example for length. You
feedback worksheet prepared before the lesson). could ask pupils to sit with a
4. Ask pupils to write about what they have to do at home (see writing partner, and pair more proficient
Complementary pupils with less proficient, so that
question in Student’s book, bottom of reading paragraphs). They can follow they can support them.
Skill Complementary the model you have provided for support as well as the paragraphs in the
Writing Skill Student’s Book. If you have fast finishers, ask
them to help you monitor and
4.3 Writing 5. Have pupils exchange their writing with a partner to check for mistakes. support others in the classroom.
Provide guidance on what to check for as necessary, and monitor carefully
4.3.1
Communicate giving additional support when needed.
with appropriate Use capital letters, 6. Have pupils re-write their work based on feedback from their peers.
language form full stops, question
and style for a marks and commas Post-lesson
range of purposes in lists appropriately 7. Choose a suitable Post-lesson task from the list, which asks pupils to
in print and digital in guided writing at
media discourse level reflect on their learning in this sequence of lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 61


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
__
LESSON: 26 (Language Arts 5) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Clap your hands (Poem) CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Imperative verbs
:

Innovation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-lesson Anthology of Differentiate learning
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Choose a suitable activity from the list of pre-lesson tasks or create your own poems according to the needs
short activity to review key learning from the previous lesson in a fun, active way. Contemporary of your pupils and
5.3 5.3.1 class. Please see the
You can also use this stage to introduce new vocabulary for the lesson. Children’s
seven differentiation
Express an Respond Literature (CCL) strategies listed in the
imaginative imaginatively and Lesson delivery Teaching introduction. Please
response to intelligibly through 2. Follow instructions for Activity 1 in the CCL Teaching Guidebook-Poetry (page Guidebook- also consider the
literary texts creating simple 59). Explain the use of imperative verbs in the poem. Poetry (BPK) following:
picture stories, 3. Distribute peer-assessment checklist to pupils. Follow instructions for Activity 2 in Peer-assessment Teacher can get pupils
simple poems and checklist
cartoon stories the CCL Teaching Guidebook-Poetry (page 60). to choose to perform
Post lesson according to their
Complementary learning
Complementary 4. Choose a suitable activity from the post-lesson tasks which extends and preferences/styles.
Skill Skill
personalises learning. (Strategy 5)
Reading Reading
3.3 3.3.1

Read Read and enjoy A1

independently for fiction/non-fiction


information and print and digital
enjoyment texts of interest

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 62


__ SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
LESSON: 27 (Listening 6) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: My Week CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Patriotism LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Have to (present simple
questions) to ask about obligation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Review key vocabulary using an activity from the list of pre-lesson tasks. 4 according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
Listening Listening Lesson delivery Activities 3-4 see the seven differentiation
Student’s Book strategies listed in the
1.2 1.2.2 (page 19) and
2. Play a game where pupils listen and identify the phrases for jobs around the introduction. Please also
Understand Understand with house. Teacher’s Book consider the following:
(page 37)
meaning in a support specific 3. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Grammar Box to review the Try to personalise learning
variety of familiar information and target language, and continue grammar focus with a short, interactive language by helping your pupils talk
contexts details of longer practice activity. more about the jobs they do
simple texts 4. Follow instructions for Activity 3 (CD1, Track 26) in the Teacher’s Book. at home in English.
If pupils find the vocabulary
Complementary 5. Based on Activity 4 (CD1, Track 37), have pupils ask and answer about what (or phrases) difficult, you
Complementary they have to do at home in a fun way. could provide written models
Skill for them to refer to, perhaps
Skill Post-lesson
Listening as part of Stage 2.
Listening 6. Play a game or choose an activity from the list of post-lesson tasks to
1.2 1.2.5 consolidate vocabulary and focus on spelling/form.

Understand Understand longer


supported questions
meaning in a
variety of familiar
contexts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 63


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
__
LESSON: 28 (Speaking 6) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: My Week CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Patriotism LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Have to (present simple
yes/no questions) to ask about obligation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow instructions for the Optional activity (‘seat switch’) or choose a suitable Activities 1-3 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Speaking Speaking pre-lesson task from the list to review learning in the unit of follow instructions for Student’s Book class. Please see the
2.1 2.1.5 Warm up in the Teacher’s Book. (page 21) and seven differentiation
Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
(pages 40-41) introduction. Please
Communicate Describe people,
simple information and objects using 2. Follow instructions for Activities 1-3 in the Teacher’s Book. Pens, pencils, also consider the
intelligibly suitable statements Note: When pupils present their work to the class, make sure to set a task for the rulers following:

pupils who are listening, so that they have a reason to listen carefully. You could ask more
Post-lesson proficient pupils to
make questions to
3. Review pupils’ work in this lesson and give positive feedback on their efforts. Ask answer while listening
Complementary Complementary to the presentations.
for more peer feedback. Alternatively, you could use a post-lesson task from the list
Skill Skill
to review and assess learning. Have a task ready for
Listening Listening pairs who finish quickly,
1.2 1.2.5 or ask them to help
others.
Understand Understand longer
meaning in a supported questions
variety of familiar
contexts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 64


__ SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
LESSON: 29 (Reading 6) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Social Studies (CLIL 1) CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Global LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of present simple
:

Sustainability to describe and talk about routine.

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose an activity from the list of pre-lesson tasks to introduce the topic of the Activities 1-2 according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
Reading Reading lesson. (page 129) see the seven differentiation
3.2 3.2.2 Lesson delivery Student’s Book strategies listed in the
2. Introduce the topic further using the pictures of different schools in Malaysia. and Teacher’s introduction. Please also
Understand a Understand specific Book (page 193) consider the following:
Ask pupils to describe them however they can in English and help them with
variety of linear information and useful new words in English. Ask them to compare these schools to their own in Monolingual If you have extra time at the
and non-linear details of simple a basic way. dictionaries end of this unit, you could do
print and digital texts of one or two 3. Write the new words (library, country, special, strange, forest) on the board. Pictures of the Optional Project work
texts by using paragraphs outlined in the Teacher’s
appropriate different schools
4. Have pupils work in pairs or small groups to check one or more of these in the Book.
Complementary in various areas of
reading strategies dictionary.
Skill Malaysia If you think your class may
Complementary Reading 5. Pupils check their understanding of the words by looking at the pictures in the have difficulty reading three
Skill student’s book at the top of the Page. texts, you could share out
Reading 3.2.4 6. Follow the Lesson plan (Steps: Warm up (Track 35, listen & repeat), the texts so pupils read just
one (or two) and answer the
3.2 Recognise and use Vocabulary, Activity 1 (Track 36) and Activity 2 in the Teacher’s Book. True/false questions for their
with little or no 7. Follow up by asking pupils to re-read the sentences in Activity 2 and, in pairs, text only. They can then
Understand a support key create four ‘true’ statements about their school. share their information to
variety of linear features of a simple Note: This could be done orally and/or in writing. complete Activity 2.
and non-linear monolingual Allow pupils to work together
print and digital dictionary Post -lesson
in pairs or even small groups
texts by using 8. Ask pupils to reflect on their learning by using an activity from the list of post- to support each other in
appropriate
lesson tasks. understanding the texts.
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 65


__ SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
LESSON: 30 (Writing 6) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: My Week CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Have to (present simple
:

rd
questions, 3 person) to ask about obligation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Review spelling of key vocabulary in this lesson and other related vocabulary Activity 1-2 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Writing Writing words/phrases which are useful for pupils to review. If pupils may need support with Student’s Book Please see the seven
4.3 4.3.2 spelling these words in the main lesson, leave them on the board for now. (page 20) and differentiation strategies
Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book listed in the introduction.
(pages 38-39) Please also consider the
Communicate Spell most high
with appropriate frequency words 2. Play ‘hot card pantomime’ (see instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Revision. following:
language form accurately in guided Note: Instead of preparing the cards yourself, have pupils write their own cards. In Stages 3 and 4,
and style for a writing Focus on accurate spelling at this point. consider pairing more
range of purposes proficient pupils with
in print and digital 3. Follow the instructions for Activity 1 in the Teacher’s Book. those who have more
media 4. Follow instructions for Activity 2 (CD2, Track 29) in the Teacher’s Book. difficulty. Encourage
pupils to give each other
Complementary
Complementary 5. Play the ‘hopscotch’ game, if time allows. feedback, in particular
Skill
Skill feedback related to the
Post-lesson
Listening learning standards of this
Listening 6. Choose a suitable Post-lesson task from the list, which asks pupils to reflect on lesson.
1.2 1.2.5 their learning in this sequence of lessons.
Understand Understand longer
meaning in a
supported questions
variety of familiar
contexts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 66


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
__

LESSON: 31 (Language Arts 7) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Poem (Noisy Food) CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values, Science LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Adjectives
:

and Technology

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre lesson Anthology of Differentiate learning
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Conduct Steps 1-6 of Activity 1 in the CCL Teaching Guidebook-Poetry (page 65). poems according to the needs of
Contemporary your pupils and class.
5.3 5.3.1 Please see the seven
Lesson delivery Children’s
differentiation strategies
Literature (CCL)
Express an Respond listed in the introduction.
2. Conduct Steps 8-11 of Activity 1 in the CCL Teaching Guidebook-Poetry (page Teaching
imaginative imaginatively and Please also consider the
response to intelligibly through 65). Explain the use of adjectives to describe people and objects. Guidebook- following:
literary texts creating simple Poetry (BPK)
3. Follow instructions for Activity 3 in the CCL Teaching Guidebook-Poetry (pages
Teacher can encourage
picture stories, Peer-assessment
69-70). more proficient pupils to
simple poems and checklist
produce more than one
cartoon stories 4. Conduct Steps 1-10 of Activity 2 in the CCL Teaching Guidebook-Poetry (pages
Pre-recorded shape poem (according
67-68).
sounds of food to stanza).
Complementary
Complementary being eaten (Strategy 3A)
Skill Skill Post lesson
Worksheet 1
Reading Reading 5. Distribute peer-assessment checklist. Finally, conduct Gallery Walk. Placard
3.3 3.3.1
Read Read and enjoy A1
independently for fiction/non-fiction
information and print and digital
enjoyment texts of interest

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 67


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 2)
__
LESSON: 32 (Language Awareness 2) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Awareness THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: My Week CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of language from
Unit 2

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Language Language Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Awareness Awareness lessons 1. Review housework vocabulary with an activity from the list of pre-lesson tasks. Revision 2 Activity according to the needs of
lessons should be should be your pupils and class.
presented and presented and Lesson delivery 1-2 Student’s Please see the seven
practised using a practised using a Book (page 26) differentiation strategies
main skill and a main skill and a 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activities 1 (Track 35) to 2. You and Teacher’s listed in the introduction.
complementary complementary skill could also use the Optional activity in the Teacher’s Book. Book (page 47) Please also consider the
skill (Listening, (Listening, Note: Self-assessment following:
Speaking, Speaking, Reading worksheet *Pupils will need support
Reading or or Writing).  Plan any further activities for this lesson to develop language skills according to understanding and
Writing). Teachers Teachers can use your pupils’ needs. completing the self-
can use Year 4 Year 4 Content and assessment worksheet,
Content and Learning Standards  You can use information about your pupils’ performance which you collected especially at the
Learning in the DSKP using formative assessment strategies while teaching this unit.
beginning of the year.
Standards in the curriculum
 The information could include your observation of pupils interacting in Pupils can complete it in
DSKP curriculum document.
classroom activities and their performance in written activities. their own language if
document.
necessary.
 Plan activities which focus on language practice in a meaningful, fun
and communicative way.

Post-lesson

3. Ask pupils to think about their learning and performance in this unit. They then
complete the self-assessment worksheet (see below – the next page, and note in
differentiation strategies column) *

4. Collect the worksheets from pupils and review them to note pupils’ responses. If
there are any areas of concern, prepare a review of these in upcoming lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 68


How did I do in Unit 2?

Put ✔ next to Great, OK, or A little.

In English, I know how to…

…talk about school subjects Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…talk about weekly schedules Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…talk about housework Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…talk about my duties (what I have to Great ____ OK ____ A little

do) ____

 I’m proud of myself because I can ____________________________________ very well.

 In the next unit, I will ____________________________________ better / more.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 69


Unit 3
SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__

LESSON: 33 (Listening 7) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Knowledge


:WEEK

TOPIC: In the Past CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Global LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Past simple (regular
Sustainability and irregular verbs)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Show pictures about Ancient Egypt to introduce the topic and elicit what Activity 1 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Listening Listening pupils may know. Student’s Book Please see the seven
1.2 1.2.2 Lesson delivery page 27 and differentiation strategies
Teacher’s Book listed in the introduction.
Understand Understand with 2. Show the pictures again and tell pupils that they are about the past. Put the (page 48) Please also consider the
meaning in a support specific pictures on the board. Picture of a following:
variety of familiar information and 3. Read or play the text that you have prepared and get pupils to guess which mummy and other Depending on your pupils’
contexts details of longer pictures are mentioned in the text. items from the context, they may have a
Complementary simple texts 4. Introduce the vocabulary at the top of the page and ask pupils to work in theme of ancient lot or a little knowledge of
Egypt. Ancient Egypt. Some
Skill Complementary pairs to complete the quiz. pupils will know more than
Skill A text (recording
Listening others. Allow pupils to use
5. Discuss the answers with pupils. You can check the answers at the end of or spoken) based
Listening first language to talk about
1.2 the Student’s Book (page 118). on the quiz.
what they know and what
Understand 1.2.1 Post-lesson they have found out in the
Understand with 6. Review learning by asking pupils to tell each other what they learned from lesson, and ask for their
meaning in a opinions on the topic as a
variety of support the main the quiz. Focus on what pupils remember, rather than on accurate use of whole-class discussion
idea of longer language. involving all pupils in the
familiar contexts
simple texts class.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 70


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__
LESSON: 34 (Speaking 7) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: In the Past CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Global LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Past simple (regular
Sustainability and irregular verbs)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list which reviews/reintroduces the theme of Activity 2 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Speaking Speaking ancient history. Student’s Book class. Please see the
2.1 2.1.2 Lesson delivery page 27 and seven differentiation
Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
Communicate Find out about and 2. Write some new words from the previous lesson on the board, including some pages 48 - 49 introduction.
simple information describe verbs. Ask pupils to identify two or three they don’t remember well. Have them Monolingual Grammar explanations
intelligibly experiences in the check the meaning in the dictionary in pairs. dictionaries may be complex for
Complementary past 3. Do an activity where pupils talk about ancient cultures in and around Malaysia, some pupils. At this
sharing what they know. stage of the unit,
Skill Complementary
support those pupils by
Skill . Using the verbs in Simple Past Tense, have pupils work in pairs to say sentences
Reading focussing on the
Reading about ancient cultures in and around Malaysia. context of when we use
3.2 5. Choose a few pairs to present their discussions. simple past tense.
3.2.4 Introduce the past
Understand a
Post-lesson forms of irregular verbs
variety of linear Recognise and use
without complex
and non-linear with little or no 7. Follow instructions for ‘line jumping’, the Optional activity. explanation about
print and digital support key spelling rules at this
texts by using features of a simple point. You can return to
appropriate monolingual these later. Avoid using
reading strategies dictionary grammar terminology
when explaining this.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 71


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__
LESSON: 35 (Reading 7) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: In the Past CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Past simple yes/no
questions with did and was/were

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Elicit from pupils what they did yesterday using one of the activities in the pre- Activity 1 according to the
needs of your pupils
Reading Reading lesson tasks. Student’s Book and class. Please see
3.2 3.2.1 Lesson delivery (page 28) and the seven
Teacher’s Book differentiation
Understand a Understand the 2. Play the CD (CD1 – Track 39) for Activity 1 with the Student’s Book shut. Tell (page 50) strategies listed in the
variety of linear main idea of simple pupils they’ll hear Greg and Anna talking. Follow the instruction in Activity 1. introduction. Please
and non-linear texts of one or two 3. Ask pupils to read the text on the page to check their answers. also consider the
print and digital paragraphs following:
texts by using Complementary 4. Follow the instructions for Vocabulary (CD1 – Track 38) in the Teacher’s Book. You could vary the
appropriate questions/statements
reading strategies Skill Post-lesson
in Stage 5 so that
Complementary Listening 5. Review some of the past tense verbs by playing a word game or choosing an different pupils have
activity from the list of post-lesson tasks. more or less
Skill 1.2.3
challenge in this
Listening Understand with activity, according to
their proficiency level.
1.2 support short simple
narratives on a
Understand range of familiar
meaning in a topics
variety of familiar
contexts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 72


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__
LESSON: 36 (Writing 7) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: In the Past CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Past simple yes/no
:

questions with did

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Writing Writing 1. Play a game where pupils listen and express their own Activity 3 according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
4.3 4.3.1 answer/response (e.g. pre-lesson task 5) to review past tense Student’s Book (pages see the seven differentiation
Communicate Use capital letters, questions/statements. 28 – 29) and Teacher’s strategies listed in the
Lesson delivery Book (pages 50 - 51) introduction. Please also
with appropriate full stops, question consider the following:
language form marks and commas 2. Ask pupils to read the text from last lesson again and find examples A set of questions Consider pairing pupils with
and style for a in lists appropriately of questions in past tense. without punctuations
range of purposes in guided writing at different proficiencies so they
in print and digital discourse level 3. Follow instructions for Grammar Box in the Teacher’s Book. Draw can support each other; or
media Complementary attention to punctuations (use of comma, full stop and apostrophe) and pair similar proficiencies so
word order in writing questions in past tense. that you can offer support to
Complementary Skill those who need it. In this
Skill Reading 4. Prepare a set of questions in past tense without punctuations. Get case, be sure to prepare a
pupils to punctuate correctly. useful activity for fast
Reading
3.2.2 finishers.
5. Then, follow instructions for Activity 3 in the Teacher’s Book.
3.2 Understand specific Post-lesson
Understand a information and 7. Choose a suitable Post-lesson task from the list, which asks pupils to
variety of linear details of simple
and non-linear texts of one or two reflect on their learning in this sequence of lessons.
print and digital paragraphs
texts by using
appropriate
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 73


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__
LESSON: 37 (Language Arts 7) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Woodpecker (Poem) CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Environmental LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: ‘Wh’ questions
:

Sustainability / Creativity and Innovation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Anthology of Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill Pre lesson poems according to the
1. Conduct Steps 1-4 of Activity 2 in the CCL Teaching Guidebook-Poetry (page 75). Contemporary needs of your pupils
Language Arts Language Arts and class. Please see
Children’s
the seven
5.3 5.3.1 Literature (CCL)
differentiation
Lesson delivery Teaching
strategies listed in the
Express an Respond Guidebook-
2. Conduct Steps 1-4 of Activity 3 in the CCL Teaching Guidebook-Poetry (page 79). introduction. Please
imaginative imaginatively and Poetry (BPK)
Highlight the use of ‘wh’ questions in understanding the poem. also consider the
response to intelligibly through
Picture puzzle following:
literary texts creating simple 3. Continue Activity 3 by conducting Steps 5 and 6.
picture stories, Sticker Teacher can
simple poems and 4. Get pupils act out the dialogue. encourage more
cartoon stories proficient pupils to
Post lesson share what they
remember from the
Complementary Complementary
5. Conduct Steps 7-10 of Activity 2 in the CCL Teaching Guidebook-Poetry (page poem.
Skill Skill
75). (Strategy 3B)
Writing Writing
4.2 4.2.1

Communicate Explain and give


basic information reasons for simple
intelligibly for a opinions
range of purposes
in print and digital
media

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 74


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__
LESSON: 38 (Listening 8) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: In the Past CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Past simple yes/no
questions with did; Past simple (regular & irregular verbs)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list which reviews/reintroduces Activities 4-5 according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
Listening Listening questions in simple past tense. Student’s Book see the seven differentiation
1.2 1.2.5 Lesson delivery (page 29) and strategies listed in the
Teacher’s Book introduction. Please also
Understand Understand longer 2. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 4 (CD1 – Track 40). (page 51) consider the following:
meaning in a supported questions 3. Prepare a matching activity with verbs + nouns/noun phrases from Matching activity Some pupils may find it
variety of familiar listening text (see transcript on Teacher’s Book), e.g. 'dry + hair', 'wrap + with verbs + useful to work with pictures
contexts present'. Have pupils do this activity Focus on pupils’ understanding of the nouns/noun in the matching activity. You
Complementary meaning of these verb phrases. phrases could include a drawing
Skill 4. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 5 (CD1 – Track game (e.g. ‘Pictionary’ to
Complementary help these pupils understand
Skill Speaking 41). You could adapt this activity to be more like the ‘line jumping’ activity and remember the phrases).
2.1.2 or to include movement in another way.
Speaking Post-lesson
2.1 Find out about and 5. Choose a post-lesson task from the list that reviews learning.
describe
Communicate experiences in the
simple information past
intelligibly

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 75


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
LESSON: 39 (Speaking 8)
__ WEEK:

CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Past simple (review)


TOPIC: In the Past
CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION
STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Choose and create Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose an activity from the list of pre-lesson tasks which introduces or your own materials according to the needs of
and resources to your pupils and class. Please
Speaking Speaking reviews language focus for this lesson in a fun way. suit your lesson. see the seven differentiation
2.1 2.1.3 Lesson delivery strategies listed in the
introduction. Please also
Communicate Give a longer 2. Plan a lesson which reviews past simple (regular and irregular forms as consider the following:
simple information sequence of basic well as questions). Focus in particular on areas of language your pupils When developing activities
intelligibly instructions or have had difficulty with or need more practice in. and materials, take into
directions Note: account that some of your
 The lesson should focus on developing both the main and the pupils may lack confidence
when speaking in English,
Complementary Complementary complementary skills. while others may find it
Skill  Activities could involve pupils miming sequences of actions and then difficult to use language
Skill accurately. Give different
asking about them, for example a ‘hot seat’ activity in small groups.
Speaking amounts and types of
Speaking
Post-lesson support to these pupils, and
2.1.2
2.1 make sure to give different
3. Choose an activity from the list of post-lesson tasks which reviews and feedback to different pupils,
Find out about and
Communicate consolidates learning. depending on their individual
describe
simple information experiences in the achievements to develop
intelligibly past confidence or accuracy as
appropriate.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 76


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__
LESSON: 40 (Reading 8) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: In the Past CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Global LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Past simple questions
:

Sustainability

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose an activity from the list of pre-lesson tasks which introduces or Student’s Book according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Reading Reading reviews the in a fun way Lesson delivery page 30 and Please see the seven
3.3 3.3.1 2. Use the Background Note (see Teacher’s Book) to set the scene for the story. Teacher’s Book differentiation strategies
page 52 listed in the introduction.
Explain as much as possible in simple, clear English, and use some of pupils’
Read Read and enjoy A1 Please also consider the
own language where necessary. Picture of a
following:
independently for fiction/non-fiction pyramid and/or
3. Follow the instructions for Vocabulary (CD 1 – Track 42) in the Teacher’s
information and print and digital Tutankhamun, Some pupils may find the
enjoyment texts of interest Book. and other items text challenging.
4. Tell pupils they will read about ‘The Curse’. Ask pupils to discuss some from the theme of Consider having different
prediction questions with their partner (e.g. What did Carter and Carnarvon find ancient Egypt. sets of prediction
in the desert/tomb?). You could put the questions on the board, or you could put questions to extend or
Complementary Complementary them on a worksheet. Encourage pupils to explain their predictions when giving reduce the load of this
feedback. Optional: task.
Skill Skill 5. Ask pupils to read the text in the Student’s Book. Then they check their worksheets based When giving feedback on
on pupils’ needs
Speaking Speaking predictions. pupils’ predictions, ask
2.1 2.1.4 more confident or
6. Ask pupils to read the text again and tell each other a personal response (e.g. proficient pupils to justify
Communicate Give reasons for what they found interesting, how they would feel if they found a tomb entrance in their answers.
the jungle). You could put these questions on a worksheet to keep the pupils
simple information simple predictions focused on the task.
intelligibly
Post-lesson
7. Choose a post-lesson activity which reviews the text.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 77


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__
LESSON: 41 (Writing 8) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: In the Past CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Past simple questions
:

and statements

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list to review learning about ancient Activity 2 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Writing Writing Egypt. Student’s Book Please see the seven
4.2 4.2.4 Lesson delivery page 31 and differentiation strategies
Teacher’s Book listed in the introduction.
Communicate Describe people 2. Follow instructions for Grammar Box in the Teacher’s Book. page 53 Please also consider the
basic information and objects using 3. Have pupils listen to the text ‘The Curse’ (CD1 – Track 43) and answer the Question strips following:
intelligibly for a suitable statements questions. Pupils review their answers by reading the story and work together Some pupils may need
range of purposes to write the answers to the questions in full sentences (Activity 2). Note: they support to write full
in print and digital don’t read the story, only listen to it. sentences. Provide this
media Complementary 4. In pairs, pupils write one or more statement about the characters in the support by reviewing the
Complementary Skill language in the Grammar
story. Select some pairs to read aloud their statements. Box/ by reviewing past
Skill
Listening forms/ by having more
Post-lesson
Listening proficient pupils support
1.2.3
6. Choose a suitable Post-lesson task from the list, which asks pupils to reflect those who need help
1.2
Understand with on their learning in this sequence of lessons. and/or by giving extra
Understand support short simple individual or small group
narratives on a tutoring to less proficient
meaning in a pupils.
variety of familiar range of familiar
contexts topics

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 78


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__
LESSON: 42 (Language Arts 8) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Sand Castle (Poem) CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Environmental LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Past Simple
Sustainability / Values

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre lesson Anthology of Differentiate learning
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Follow instructions for Activity 1 in the CCL Teaching Guidebook - Poetry (page poems according to the
85). Contemporary needs of your pupils
5.2 5.2.1 and class. Please see
Lesson delivery Children’s
the seven
Literature (CCL)
Express personal Say in simple words differentiation
2. Follow instructions for Activity 2 in the CCL Teaching Guidebook-Poetry (pages Teaching
responses to and phrases how a strategies listed in the
literary texts text makes them 86-89). Highlight the use of past tense when describing their experience at the Guidebook- introduction. Please
feel beach. Poetry (BPK)
also consider the
3. Conduct Steps 1-5 of Activity 3 and Step 3 of Activity 5 for advanced pupils. For Worksheet 1 following:
Complementary Complementary average and lower-intermediate pupils, conduct Steps 1-5 of Activity 6 in the CCL Worksheet 2 Teacher can give
Skill Skill Teaching Guidebook-Poetry (pages 96-97). Worksheet 4 different tasks to
Post lesson more proficient and
Speaking Speaking less proficient groups
2.1 2.1.2 4. Choose a suitable activity from the post-lesson tasks which extends and of pupils according to
personalises learning. their needs and
Communicate Find out about and interests.
simple information describe (Strategies 1 and 5)
intelligibly experiences in the
past

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 79


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__
LESSON: 43 (Listening 9) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: In the Past CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Past simple
Global Sustainability (pronunciation of -ed endings)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose an activity from the pre-lesson tasks to review common verbs in past Phonics 3 according to the
needs of your pupils
Listening Listening tense. Activities 1-2 and class. Please see
1.1 1.1.1 Lesson delivery Student’s Book the seven
page 121 and differentiation
Recognise and Recognise and 2. Use the verbs from the pre lesson task to introduce the different sounds for the Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
past simple -ed ending. Then continue with this by following the instructions in the pages 177 – 178. introduction. Please
reproduce target reproduce with
language sounds support a wide Teacher’s Book for Activity 1 (CD 3 – Track 10) Phonics 3. also consider the
range of target 3. Follow the instructions for Activity 2 (CD 3 – Track 11) in the Teacher’s Book. following:
language If some of your pupils
Complementary phonemes 4. Draw three column on the whiteboard and label each column with /d/, /t/ and /id/. need extra practice
Skill Complementary Get pupils to write the verbs from the chant in the column to check their hearing or saying the
understanding. Then, have pupils look at Unit 3 (Student’s Book pages 27-31) of past tense -ed
Skill their books. Ask them to find examples of verbs with each ending. (e.g. /d/: opened;
Listening sounds, you could
1.2 Listening /t/: wrapped; /id/: painted). add an activity such
5. You could add more regular past tense verbs here so that pupils practise the as the Optional
1.2.5 activities described in
Understand different sounds for the past tense endings.
Teacher’s Book,
meaning in a Understand longer
variety of familiar Post-lesson Phonics 3.
supported questions
contexts 6. Choose an activity from the post-lesson tasks which reviews learning of language
focus and/or content in this lesson, or design a short activity where pupils give their
opinion on what they have found out.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 80


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__
LESSON: 44 (Speaking 9) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: In the Past CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Patriotism / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Past simple (regular
:

Creativity and Imagination and/or irregular statements)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Information (e.g. a Differentiate learning according to
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose an activity from the pre-lesson tasks which focuses on short text) about the needs of your pupils and
key figures from class. Please see the seven
Speaking Speaking reviewing prior knowledge related to this lesson. one particular time differentiation strategies listed in
2.3 2.3.1 Lesson delivery in Malaysian or the introduction. Please also
local history. consider the following:
Communicate Narrate short basic 2. Plan a lesson where pupils work in groups to organise jumbled Alternatively, you As this is a speaking lesson,
appropriately to a stories notes into a story about some historical figures. Pupils should work can recycle encourage pupils to use notes
small or large collaboratively so that some act a scene and other describe what language used in rather than to write a script for the
group happened (narrate the story). As this is a speaking lesson, pupils previous lessons story narration. Help groups
should use notes, rather than write and learn a script. about ancient
assign roles for this collaborative
Egypt.
3. Have groups perform their scenes. activity if necessary so that
Complementary
Complementary Post-lesson Pictures of chosen different pupils can be successful
Skill Skill historical figures. in the role that they play (e.g.
Speaking 4. Plan a post-lesson stage where you give and ask for positive Notes that together more confident pupils may be
Speaking better narrators, where as those
feedback on pupils’ efforts and use of language.
form a story that who are less confident in English
2.1 2.1.2
can be performed may be actors). Make sure all
Communicate Find out about and You could provide participate in devising the scene in
simple information describe English, however.
props or costumes,
intelligibly experiences in the if appropriate.
past

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 81


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__
LESSON: 45 (Reading 9) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: In the Past CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Global LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Present & Past simple
Sustainability

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning according
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list to introduce new vocabulary Activity 1-2 to the needs of your pupils and
class. Please see the seven
Reading Reading based on ‘Facts about Egypt Past and Present’. Student’s Book differentiation strategies listed in
3.2 3.2.2 Lesson delivery page 32 and the introduction. Please also
Teacher’s Book consider the following:
Understand a Understand specific 2. pages 54 - 55 You could create different
variety of linear information and 3. Prepare a set of sentences on a worksheet. There should be nine Sentences from versions of the worksheet,
and non-linear details of simple sentences from the textbook and two or more false sentences about Activity 1 on a varying the level of difficulty of
print and digital texts of one or two Egypt mixed into these. (The number of sentences in this activity can worksheet, plus the sentences and vocabulary.
texts by using paragraphs make up a paragraph so it meets the main skill.) two or more
appropriate additional false
reading strategies 4. Give the worksheet and ask pupils to read and guess in pairs which sentences about
Complementary Complementary sentences are false. Egypt

Skill Skill 5. Discuss with pupils their answers.


Listening Listening 1.2.4 6. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2 (CD1 –

1.2 Understand longer Track 47).


supported Post-lesson
Understand classroom 7. Play ‘Hangman’ or ‘Do as I say’ (see instructions for Optional 1 or 2
meaning in a instructions
variety of familiar activity in the Teacher’s Book).
contexts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 82


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__
LESSON: 46 (Writing 9) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: In the Past CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Information and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Past simple; use of
:

Communications Technology Science & Technology adjectives; coordinating conjunctions: and; / but

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list to elicit pupils’ experiences on writing or Activities 1 & 2 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Writing Writing receiving email. Student’s Book class. Please see the
4.2 4.2.5 Lesson delivery (page 33). seven differentiation
Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1(CD1 – Track 49). Skip introduction. Please
Communicate Connect sentences (page 56). An
basic information into a coherent reading aloud in the Teacher’s Book notes as it does not develop reading skills and email printed (or also consider the
intelligibly for a paragraph using will be time consuming in this lesson. on the screen) following:
range of purposes basic coordinating 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2. Set different targets for
in print and digital conjunctions and different pupils, for
media reference pronouns 4. Focus on the Writing Tip and use the guidelines in the Teacher’s Book to talk to example the number of
Complementary Complementary your class about the four writing points. words to write or the
number of sentences.
Skill Skill 5. Ask pupils to find examples of the four points in the email in Activity 1.
However, all pupils will
Reading Reading 6. Have pupils write an email to a friend about a trip they made using the four points benefit from writing
3.2 3.2.2 in the Writing Tip. They could finish the email with a question, to encourage a reply. their paragraph(s) as
Have pupils sit in pairs and support each other in their writing. If possible, have an email.
Understand a Understand specific pupils use computers or other devices to write the emails.
variety of linear information and 7. Pupils send or exchange the emails with another pupil, who reads it and gives
and non-linear details of simple feedback on it. If time allows, pupils can write a reply, or can do so as homework.
print and digital texts of one or two Post-lesson
texts by using paragraphs
appropriate 8. Choose a suitable and short Post-lesson task from the list, which asks pupils to
reading strategies reflect on their learning in this sequence of lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 83


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__

LESSON: 47 (Language Arts 9) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
:WEEK

TOPIC: The King of Kites CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Vocabulary – features
Values of a book cover

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre lesson The King of Kites Differentiate
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a suitable activity to introduce the book features (title/ illustrator/ author/ Contemporary learning according
publisher/ synopsis) (refer to pages 71-72). to the needs of your
Language Arts Language Arts Children’s
pupils and class.
Literature (CCL)
Please see the
5.2 5.2.1 Teaching
seven differentiation
Lesson delivery Guidebook (BPK)
strategies listed in
Express personal Say in simple words – Short story
2. Follow the steps from the Teaching Guidebook on page 70. the introduction.
responses to and phrases how a Please also
literary text text makes them 3. Encourage pupils to talk about the cover and predict the story. consider the
feel
following (Strategy
4. Get the pupils to complete Worksheet 1 (page 73). 2):
Complementary Complementary You could ask
Skill pupils to tell you
Skill Post lesson
Speaking other books that
Speaking 5. Show another story book and get pupils to identify the features on the cover to they have read
2.1 2.1.4 reconsolidate the lesson learnt. (title/author/cover).
This will give
Communicate Give reasons for individual pupils
simple information ownership of the
intelligibly simple predictions activity and
increase motivation.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 84


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 3)
__
LESSON: 48 (Language Awareness 3) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Awareness THEME: teacher to complete
:WEEK

TOPIC: In the past CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of language
Global Sustainability from Unit 3

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Language Language Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Awareness Awareness lessons 1. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Warm up activity. Revision 3 according to the needs of
lessons should be should be your pupils and class.
presented and presented and Lesson delivery Activities 1-3 Please see the seven
practised using a using a main skill (Activity 2 CD 1 – differentiation strategies
main skill and a and a 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activities 1 to 3. You Track 51) listed in the introduction.
complementary complementary skill could also use the Optional activity in the Teacher’s Book. Student’s Book Please also consider the
skill (Listening, (Listening, page 36 and following:
Speaking, Speaking, Reading 3. Plan any further activities for this lesson to develop language skills Teacher’s Book *Some pupils will continue
Reading or or Writing). according to your pupils’ needs. You can use information about your pages 60 - 61
pupils’ performance which you collected using formative assessment to need support
Writing). Teachers Teachers can use Self-assessment
strategies while teaching this unit. The information could include your understanding and
can use Year 4 Year 4 Content and worksheet
observation of pupils interacting in classroom activities and their completing the self-
Content and Learning Standards
performance in written activities. Plan activities which focus on language assessment worksheet.
Learning in DSKP curriculum
practice in a meaningful, fun and communicative way. Other pupils may be able
Standards in document.
to complete it more
DSKP curriculum Post-lesson independently by this stage
document. 4. Ask pupils to think about their learning and performance in this unit. of the year.
They then complete the self-assessment worksheet (see below and note Pupils can complete it in
in differentiation strategies column). their own language if
5. Collect the worksheets from pupils and review them to note pupils’ necessary, but encourage
more proficient pupils to
responses. If there are any areas of concern, prepare a review of these in
complete it in English as
upcoming lessons.
much as they can.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 85


How did I do in Unit 3? Put ✔ next to Great, OK, or A little.

In English, I know how to…

…talk about things that happened in the past Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…ask information using questions about the Great ____ OK ____ A little

past ____
…see the difference between past and now Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…write about a trip Great ____ OK ____ A little

____

 I’m proud of myself because I can ____________________________________ very well.

 In the next unit, I will ____________________________________ better / more.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 86


Unit 4
SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Knowledge
LESSON: 49 (Listening 10)
__ WEEK:

CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Ordinal numbers


TOPIC: Celebrations

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATI


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES ON STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Play a game or do an activity to introduce the broad topic of celebrations. Activity 1 learning according
to the needs of
Listening Listening Lesson delivery Student’s Book your pupils and
(page 37) and class. Please see
1.2 1.2.1 Teacher’s Book
2. Follow instructions for Warm up in the Teacher’s Book. the seven
Understand Understand with (pages 62-63) differentiation
3. Introduce the ordinal numbers by following instructions for Vocabulary (CD1, Track 52) strategies listed in
meaning in a support the main in the Teacher’s Book. Matching activity
variety of familiar idea of longer worksheet the introduction.
contexts simple texts 4. Follow the instructions for Activity 1 (CD1, Track 53) in the Teacher’s Book. Note that
Complementary Complementary the focus of this lesson should be on listening, so you could adapt the activity (e.g. hide
the song lyrics or ask pupils to close their books when listening for the first time) in order
Skill Skill to help the pupils to focus on listening not reading.
Reading Reading 5. Highlight a few words from the song such as celebrate, celebration, fun and special.

3.2 3.2.3 Give pupils the worksheet, which has a choice of definitions for each word in clear and
simple English (one definition is correct for each word). Pupils choose the correct
Understand a Guess the definitions.
variety of linear meaning of 6. Play the song again and have pupils sing along, following the words in the student’s
and non-linear unfamiliar words
book.
print and digital from clues
texts by using provided by title 7. Optional: Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Optional 2, ‘bingo’ game.
appropriate and topic Post-lesson
reading strategies
8. Choose an activity from the post-lesson task list to consolidate learning.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 87


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
__
LESSON: 50 (Speaking 10) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Celebrations CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Questions with


when; Giving dates using on / no preposition

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list to review ordinal numbers. Activity 3 according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
Speaking Speaking Lesson delivery Student’s Book see the seven differentiation
(page 37) and strategies listed in the
2.2 2.2.1 Teacher’s Book
2. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3 (CD1, Track 54). introduction. Please also
Use appropriate Keep interaction (pages 62-63) consider the following:
3. Show or elicit from pupils how to make the exchange more natural, e.g.
communication going in short by adding in expressions such as Really? or a comment like Oh, that’s If some of your pupils have
strategies exchanges by: soon to show understanding. They could also join the exchanges together difficulty with an extended
using suitable to make them more interactive. Give pupils models for language to ask for dialogue, repeat the activity
clarification. Talk to pupils about the importance of such discourse skills by pairing more and less
words
Complementary using pupil-friendly language. proficient pupils together so
Skill (i) to show 4. Ask some pupils to perform their dialogue to the class. that they have the support of
Listening understanding each other as well as of the
Post-lesson extra examples.
(ii) to ask for
1.2
clarification 6. Ask pupils to reflect on their learning and give each other feedback.
Understand Complementary You could do this using or adapting a post-lesson task from the list.
meaning in a Skill
variety of familiar
contexts Listening
1.2.5

Understand longer

supported
questions

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 88


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
__
LESSON: 51 (Reading 10) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Stories
WEEK:

TOPIC: Celebrations CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Patriotism / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: going to future for
Values
planned actions (optional) / choice

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list to introduce the theme of 4 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Reading Reading celebrations/festivals using pictures. Student’s Book Please see the seven
3.3 3.3.1 Lesson delivery (page 38) differentiation strategies
Pictures of listed in the introduction.
Read Read and enjoy A1 celebrations Please also consider the
following:
independently for fiction/non-fiction 2. Ask pupils to read the text and highlight new words. Write these words on
information and print and digital Monolingual You may need to support
the board (e.g. you may also include the vocabulary at the top of the page).
dictionaries
enjoyment texts of interest some pupils more than
3. Then, they work in pairs to look at and discuss the meaning of the words.
others when they are
Get the pupils to find the words in the dictionary to check their answers. talking freely about the
Complementary Complementary 4. Ask pupils to read the story again and tell their partner what they will dress story. If you have very
Skill Skill up as if they go to the parade. proficient pupils in your
class, you could ask
Reading Reading 5. Get pupils to share with the class what they will dress up as. them to help less
3.2 3.2.4 proficient pupils when
they have finished talking
Understand a Recognise and use to their own partners.
variety of linear with little or no Post-lesson
and non-linear support key
print and digital features of a simple 8. Choose a post-lesson task which will review or consolidate learning in this
texts by using monolingual lesson.
appropriate dictionary
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 89


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
__
LESSON: 52 (Writing 10) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Celebrations CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: going to future for
:

planned actions

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list to review the topic of Activities 1-3 according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
Writing Writing Independence Day. Student’s Book see the seven differentiation
4.2 4.2.4 Lesson delivery (page 38) and strategies listed in the
Teacher’s Book introduction. Please also
Communicate Describe people 2. Follow the instructions for Vocabulary (CD1, Track 55) in the Teacher’s (pages 64-65) consider the following:
basic information and objects using book. Some pupils may continue to
intelligibly for a suitable statements 3. Draw attention to the Grammar Box and follow instructions for this in the have difficulty with the form
range of purposes Teacher’s Book. Check pupils’ understanding of this as a future form by of cursive writing and/or
in print and digital neatness. You could ask
asking plenty of questions about their plans for tomorrow/the weekend.
media pupils to draft their answers
Follow instructions for Activity 3 in the Teacher’s Book.
Complementary in their notebooks so that
Complementary 4. Get pupils to draw their costume for the Independence Day parade and you can monitor carefully
Skill
Skill write 3-5 sentences to describe their costume. and help where needed.
Writing Writing Then ask pupils to write the
final answers in their
4.1 4.1.2 5. Ask pupils to pay attention to their handwriting in this activity. Monitor notebooks as well, and
Form letters and closely and work with individual pupils who need extra support in this area. collect these in to review for
Use cursive writing content, language and
words in neat in written work Note: The activities should be done in cursive writing. handwriting.
legible print using Post-lesson
cursive writing
6. Choose a suitable Post-lesson task from the list, which asks pupils to
reflect on their learning in this sequence of lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 90


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
__
LESSON: 53 (Language Arts 10) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: The King of Kites CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Vocabulary (nouns
:

Innovation related to kite-making and sewing)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre lesson The King of Kites Differentiate
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Choose a suitable activity from the list of pre-lesson tasks or use your own short Contemporary learning according
activity (show a video on kite-making and sewing) to review key learning from the to the needs of your
5.2 5.2.1 Children’s
previous lesson in a fun, active way. You could reuse the book cover from the pupils and class.
Literature (CCL)
previous lesson. Please see the
Express personal Say in simple words Teaching
seven differentiation
responses to and phrases how a Guidebook (BPK) strategies listed in
literary text text makes them Lesson delivery – Short story
the introduction.
feel Please also
2. Ask pupils to skim through the book and find the pages which match the headings consider the
Complementary of the first and second mind maps - things needed to make a kite (page 10) and following (Strategies
things needed for sewing (page 9).
Skill Complementary 1-7):
Reading Skill 3. Ask pupils to complete the mind maps given. Some pupils may

3.3 Reading 4. Ask pupils what the two main characters in the story are doing. (Anil – making find it difficult to sit
still and quietly to
kites; Anil’s mother - sewing)
3.3.1 read. Try to find
Read
somewhere
independently for Read and enjoy A1 Post lesson comfortable and
information and fiction/non-fiction
away from
enjoyment print and digital 5. Give pupils a template of a kite. In groups, pupils design the kite creatively. distraction,
texts of interest especially for pupils
6. Have the groups present their work in front of the class. who are easily
distracted.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 91


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
__
LESSON: 54 (Listening 11) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Celebrations CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: going to future for
Global Sustainability planned actions

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list to re-introduce / review the topic from the Activities 1 and 4 according to the needs
of your pupils and class.
Listening Listening previous textbook-based lessons. Student’s Book Please see the seven
1.2 1.2.3 Lesson delivery (pages 38-39) and differentiation strategies
Teacher’s Book listed in the
Understand Understand with 2. Remind pupils of the story they read on page 38. Ask pupils what they (pages 64-65) introduction. Please
meaning in a support short remember about the story. also consider the
variety of familiar simple narratives 3. Distribute the worksheet to pupils. Tell pupils that they will listen to the story following:
contexts on a range of Worksheet: True You will find the
again and they have to answer the True and False questions on the worksheet.
and false
familiar topics Play the CD (CD1, Track 56) for the story in Activity 1. Discuss the correct transcript for the
questions based
answers with pupils. listening activity in the
on the story on
Teacher’s Book.
4. Prepare pupils for the next listening activity by having them work with the page 38
Complementary Consider pre-teaching
Complementary Skill pictures in Activity 4 in the Student’s Book in a speaking activity. or reviewing some of
Skill 5. Follow instructions for Activity 4 in the Teacher’s Book. the key vocabulary in
Listening stage 2 of the lesson.
Listening
6. Have pupils work in pairs to exchange their opinions of Independence Day
1.2.2 If possible, encourage
1.2 based on what they have learned in the student’s book. You may need to support
pupils to express their
Understand with pupils’ language by giving some adjectives to help them do this in English.
true opinions. Many
Understand support specific 7. If time allows, extend the activity so that pupils give their opinions of familiar pupils can use some
meaning in a
information and celebrations. fixed phrases for this,
variety of familiar
details of longer but more proficient
contexts simple texts Post-lesson pupils can be
8. Choose a suitable post-lesson activity which reviews or evaluates learning. encouraged to use
language more freely.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 92


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
__
LESSON: 55 (Speaking 11) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Celebrations CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: going to (questions)


future for planned actions

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list to introduce time expressions to show a 4 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Speaking Speaking time in the future, e.g. tomorrow, next week etc. . Activity 5 Please see the seven
2.1 2.2.2 Lesson delivery Student’s Book differentiation strategies
listed in the introduction.
(page 39) and
Communicate Check steps 2. Follow instructions for Activity 5 (CD1, Track 58) in the Teacher’s Book. Extend Teacher’s Book
simple information needed to complete the activity by having pupils respond to each other’s plans, giving an opinion, e.g. (page 65)
intelligibly short classroom ‘That sounds fun/exciting!’ Encourage pupils to practise the language for checking
tasks instructions, either by asking you for clarification or by asking each other. Remind
pupils about the verb phrases that they have learnt in the previous lesson (refer to
Grammar Box on page 39).
Complementary Complementary 3. Get pupils to complete the table in Activity 5 by asking another friend in the

Skill class about what they are going to do tomorrow. Provide pupils with the steps for
Skill this task:
Speaking Speaking  Step 1: Find another friend to ask what they are going to do tomorrow.
2.1.1
2.2  Step 2: Complete the table in Activity 5 in your notebook with your
Explain and give
Use appropriate friend’s answer.
reasons for basic
communication opinions  Step 3: Your friend will ask you the same question. Answer your friend’s
strategies question.
 Step 4: Present to the class.

Note: Remind pupils to use the dialogue from Activity 5.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 93


4. When pupils are presenting their answers, ask pupils if they have completed
the steps needed for the task.

Post-lesson

7. Choose a post-lesson task which reviews the form going to in a fun way.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 94


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
__
LESSON: 56 (Reading 11) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Celebrations CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values / Global LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: going to (negatives)
Sustainability future for planned actions

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Use the pictures to introduce the topic of celebrations. Find out what pupils 4 according to the needs of your
pupils and class. Please see
Reading Reading know about the celebrations. Write new words on the board where they are Activity 1-2 the seven differentiation
3.2 3.2.1 useful. Student’s Book strategies listed in the
introduction. Please also
Lesson delivery (page 40) and
consider the following:
Understand a Understand the Teacher’s
variety of linear main idea of simple 2. Follow instructions for Vocabulary (CD1, Track 59) in the Teacher’s Book. Book (pages There may be some first
and non-linear texts of one or two 3. Write China and The US on the board. Give half of the pupils the text about 66-67) language spoken in this stage
print and digital paragraphs Chinese New Year and half of the pupils the text about Independence Day. Pictures of of the lesson. Support pupils in
texts by using Ask pupils to read the text and say if it is about China or the US. saying some of what they want
different
appropriate to say in English.
reading strategies 4. Follow instructions for Activity 2 in the Teacher’s Book. Pupils answer about celebrations
the text they have read only. Have pupils check their answers with a partner around the Lunar New Year may be
Complementary Complementary who has the same text. world familiar to pupils, and this may
Skill Skill make the text a little easier to
5. Follow instructions for Grammar Box in the Teacher’s Book. follow. Plan in advance which
Reading
Reading 6. Pair pupils who have read different texts. Have them exchange their pupils will have which text, so
3.2 that you can offer more
3.2.2 answers for Activity 2 using full sentences, so that they both complete the
support to those who need it.
table.
Understand a
Understand specific
variety of linear Post-lesson
information and
and non-linear details of simple 7. Review the vocabulary from this lesson by asking which words belong to
print and digital
texts of one or two which celebration. Ask for pupils’ opinion of these celebrations.
texts by using
paragraphs.
appropriate
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 95


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
__
LESSON: 57 (Writing 11) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Celebrations CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: going to future for
:

Innovation planned actions

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus Differentiate learning according
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list to review the topic celebrations. 4 to the needs of your pupils and
class. Please see the seven
Writing Writing Lesson delivery Student’s Book differentiation strategies listed in
(page 40) the introduction. Please also
4.3 4.3.3
2. Prepare some questions using main question words (who/what/when, Questions using consider the following:
Communicate Produce a plan or etc) based on the texts on page 40, e.g. ‘What is the celebration? Who do main question Some pupils may need more
with appropriate draft of one you celebrate it with? What do you do on that day?’ etc. words (who/ support in writing than others.
language form paragraph for a 3. Ask pupils to answer these questions. Draw pupils’ attention to main what/ when, etc) Pupils can use the texts as
and style for a familiar topic and question words (who/what/when, etc) when answering the questions. based on the models. Monitor closely and
range of purposes modify this texts on page 40 offer support for those pupils
in print and digital appropriately in 3. Based on the question under the texts on page 40 in the student’s book, who need it.
media response to ask pupils in pairs to think of a celebration they like. In their notebooks, More proficient pupils can write
feedback they make notes about the celebration using the question words.
Complementary more than less proficient pupils.
Skill Complementary 4. They can also support other
Writing Skill 5. Pupils write about the celebration in their notebooks, individually. pupils. It is a good idea to pair
more proficient pupils together
4.3 Writing Remind pupils to use the correct punctuations when writing their answers. so that they can both receive
4.3.1 6. Have pupils exchange their work and review it. Offer guidance for pupils valuable feedback when
Communicate to give feedback on the writing, both language and content, with a checking their work
with appropriate Use capital letters, particular focus on punctuation and use of capitals. Monitor and offer
language form full stops, question feedback as well.
and style for a marks and commas 7. Pupils re-write their work.
range of purposes in lists appropriately
in print and digital in guided writing at Post-lesson
media discourse level.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 96


8. Choose a suitable Post-lesson task from the list, which asks pupils to
reflect on their learning in this sequence of lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 97


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
LESSON: 58 (Language Arts 11)
__ WEEK:

CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Vocabulary


TOPIC: The King of Kites
CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION
STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre lesson The King of Kites Differentiate
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Choose an activity from the pre-lesson task list to introduce the main events of Contemporary learning according
the story. For example, they can do the sequencing activity in Worksheet 4 (page to the needs of your
5.2 5.2.1 Children’s
30). pupils and class.
Literature (CCL)
Please see the
Express personal Say in simple words Teaching
seven differentiation
responses to and phrases how a Lesson delivery Guidebook (BPK) strategies listed in
literary text text makes them – Short story
the introduction.
feel 3. Choose an appropriate reading method to read the story with the class. (reading Worksheet 4 Please also
aloud/ guided reading/ choral reading/ group reading). consider the
Complementary 4. Distribute jumbled up strips (Worksheet 3 – page 28) in an envelope to each Worksheet 3 following (Strategies
Skill Complementary group. (Jumbled up 1-7):
Reading Skill strips) Some pupils may
5. Pupils arrange sentence strips according to the events of the story.
Reading find it difficult to sit
3.3
still and quietly to
Read 3.3.1 Post lesson read. Try to find
somewhere
independently for Read and enjoy A1 6. Check answers through individual and whole class feedback. comfortable and
information and fiction/non-fiction away from
enjoyment print and digital 7. Select a few pairs to present in front of the class. distraction,
texts of interest especially for pupils
who are easily
distracted.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 98


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
__
LESSON: 59 (Listening 12) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Celebrations CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: going to future


Values (statements positive/negative) for planned actions

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose an activity from the pre-lesson task list to review Grammar Box on page Activities 3-4 according to the
needs of your pupils
Listening Listening 41. Student’s Book and class. Please see
1.2 1.2.1 Lesson delivery (pages 40-41) and the seven
differentiation
Teacher’s Book
Understand Understand with 2. Play Track 61 and ask pupils what the conversation is about. Elicit from pupils (pages 66-67) strategies listed in the
meaning in a support the main why they think that is the answer. introduction. Please
variety of familiar idea of longer 3. Follow instructions for Activity 3 and 4 in the Teacher’s Book. also consider the
contexts simple texts following:
Post-lesson Some pupils may
4. Follow instructions for Revision box in the Teacher’s Book need support with
listening. Prepare
Complementary Complementary them for the activity
Skill Skill by introducing/
reviewing key
Listening Listening vocabulary and/or
1.2 1.2.2 asking a gist question
for each of the four
Understand Understand with dialogues (e.g. about
meaning in a support specific who is speaking,
variety of familiar information and what/who they are
contexts details of longer speaking about).
simple texts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 99


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
__
LESSON: 60 (Speaking 12) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Celebrations CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: going to future


:

(statements positive/negative) for planned actions

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose an activity from the pre-lesson task list to review some key vocabulary from 4 according to the
needs of your pupils
Speaking Speaking page 42. Activity 1 and class. Please see
2.1 2.1.4 Lesson delivery Student’s Book the seven
differentiation
(page 42) and
2. Follow instructions for Warm up in the Teacher’s Book. strategies listed in the
Communicate Give reasons for Teacher’s Book
simple information simple predictions 3. Follow instructions for Activity 1 in the Teacher’s Book. Pupils should justify why they (pages 68-69) introduction. Please
also consider the
intelligibly think the person is going to do this, e.g. …because I can see a pool / …because he has a Lots of pictures following:
Complementary school bag. of various If pupils have
Skill Complementary 4. Have pupils choose some pictures from the magazines and continue the same activity people, e.g.
Skill particular difficulty
from stage 3. You may need to monitor carefully and support pupils with language for this. from a magazine
Writing with spelling, consider
Writing (or copies of
including an activity
5. Pupils choose one (or more) picture. They take it and stick it onto their paper/notebook. magazines to
4.3 which focuses more
4.3.2 cut up &
6. Pupils write a sentence to go with their picture, e.g. I think he’s going to go to bed on spelling.. If
Communicate scissors)
Spell most high because he is wearing pyjamas. Remind pupils to focus on accurate spelling in this activity. necessary, write and
with appropriate
frequency words Encourage them to check spelling for themselves if they are unsure, using appropriate Glue leave key words on
language form
accurately in guided resources. the board for pupils to
and style for a Paper/ notebook use as models for
writing
range of purposes 7. Have pupils present their work in groups. their own work.
in print and digital Post-lesson
media
8. Choose an activity from the post-lesson tasks which reviews the language pupils
have used in this lesson.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 100


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
__
LESSON: 61 (Reading 12) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Celebrations CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: going to future


:

(statements positive/negative) for planned actions

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Use the diary/picture to introduce the idea of diary-keeping, based on the Activity 1-2 according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
Reading Reading instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up. Student’s Book see the seven differentiation
strategies listed in the
3.2 3.2.2 Lesson delivery (page 43) and
introduction. Please also
Teacher’s Book
2. Follow the instructions for Activity 1 (CD1, Track 65) in the Teacher’s consider the following:
Understand a Understand specific (page 70)
variety of linear information and Book for reading Sabrina’s diary. Set a number of sentences
and non-linear details of simple A diary, if possible
3. Follow the instructions for Activity 2 in the Teacher’s Book. Have pupils to write in answering
(or picture of one)
print and digital texts of one or two work in pairs to support each other in writing the longer answer. Encourage question 2 in the Student’s
texts by using paragraphs them to focus on their cursive handwriting to make it neat and legible. book. This could be a
appropriate number for all pupils, or you
reading strategies 4. To personalise this lesson, ask pupils to talk to a partner about their own could have different pupils
plans for their birthdays (see the end of instructions for Activity 1 in the write a different number of
Teacher’s Book). sentences.
Complementary Complementary Post-lesson If your pupils need support
Skill Skill
with their handwriting,
Writing Writing 5. Choose a lesson from the post-lesson tasks which further personalises provide this before step 3.
and consolidates learning.
4.1 4.1.2
Form letters and Use cursive writing

words in neat in written work


legible print using
cursive writing

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 101


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
LESSON: 62 (Writing 12) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: Wold of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK __

TOPIC: Celebrations CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: going to future


Creativity and Innovation (questions, statements positive/negative) for planned
:

actions

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task which focusses on the topic of birthdays and Student’s Book learning according
to the needs of your
Writing Writing celebrations. (page 43) and pupils and class.
4.2 4.2.5 Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book Please see the
(page 70) seven differentiation
Communicate Connect sentences 2. Ask pupils to think about an upcoming celebration (national or personal) and tell Papers with strategies listed in
basic information into a coherent their partner what their plans are. celebrations written the introduction.
intelligibly for a paragraph using 3. Use the model diary entry to highlight the use of conjunctions (e.g. on them (see Please also
consider the
range of purposes basic coordinating and/but/because) and reference pronouns (he/she/we/it, etc). Teacher’s Book)
following:
in print and digital conjunctions and
media reference pronouns 4. Follow instructions for Writing Tip in the Teacher’s Book Model diary entry Vary the support
using conjunctions
you give pupils
Complementary Complementary 5. Have pupils write a diary entry for an upcoming celebration (for example see step 2) and reference
when asking
Skill Skill pronouns
6. Pupil invite one person in the class to join them for the celebration. They should questions and giving
Writing Writing approach the pupil and ask them ‘I’m going to… .Can you join me?’. A piece of paper for feedback so that
4.2 4.2.2 7. The pupil reads their diary entry and decides if they can come or not (e.g. they may each pupil to they can practise
respond to the and develop their
be busy). They will write their response on a piece of paper. Model language for invitation writing skills
Communicate Make and respond accepting and declining invitations politely before beginning the activity. according to their
basic information to simple offers and Post-lesson level of proficiency.
intelligibly for a invitations You can also ask
range of purposes 7. Choose a suitable Post-lesson task from the list, which asks pupils to give feedback different pupils for
in print and digital on their writing and/or reflect on their learning in this sequence of lessons. more/less detail or
media length.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 102


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
__
LESSON: 63 (Language Arts 12) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: The King of Kites CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Adjectives
:

(characteristics of a person)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre lesson The King of Kites Differentiate
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Choose an activity from the pre-lesson task list to introduce adjectives to describe Contemporary learning according
characters. to the needs of your
5.2 5.2.1 Children’s
pupils and class.
Literature (CCL)
Please see the
Express personal Say in simple words Lesson delivery Teaching
seven differentiation
responses to and phrases how a Guidebook (BPK) strategies listed in
literary text text makes them 3. Give examples of adjectives. (Example: friendly, honest, kind, and etc…) – Short story
the introduction.
feel 4. Distribute Worksheets 6a (page 38) and 6b (page 39) to each group. - Worksheets 6a & Please also
6b consider the
Complementary 5. Ask pupils to fill in the blanks with suitable adjectives to describe the character in following (Strategies
Skill Complementary each picture. 1-7):
Writing Skill Some pupils may

4.2 Writing Post lesson need a lot of


support
Communicate 4.2.4 6. Give pupils feedback and list the answers on the board. conceptually and
with completing the
basic information Describe people mind map. You
intelligibly for a and objects using could ask more
range of purposes suitable statements. proficient pupils to
in print and digital support other pupils
media in the class when
they have finished.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 103


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 4)
__
LESSON: 64 (Language Awareness 4) MAIN SKILL FOCUS Language Awareness THEME: teacher to complete
:WEEK

TOPIC: Celebrations CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of language


from Unit 4

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Language Language Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus Differentiate learning according
Awareness Awareness lessons
4 to the needs of your pupils and
lessons should be should be 1. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Warm up activity.
class. Please see the seven
presented and presented and Revision 4 differentiation strategies listed in
practised using a practised using a Lesson delivery Student’s Book the introduction. Please also
main skill and a main skill and a (page 48) and
2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activities 1 to 3. You consider the following:
complementary complementary skill Teacher’s Book
could also use the Optional activity in the Teacher’s Book.
skill (Listening, (Listening, (pages 76-77) *Some pupils will continue to
Speaking, Speaking, Reading 3. Plan any further activities for this lesson to develop language skills Self-assessment need support understanding and
Reading or or Writing). according to your pupils’ needs. You can use information about your pupils’ completing the self-assessment
Writing). Teachers Teachers can use performance which you collected using formative assessment strategies worksheet worksheet. Other pupils may be
can use Year 4 Year 4 Content and while teaching this unit. The information could include your observation of able to complete it more
Content and Learning Standards pupils interacting in classroom activities and their performance in written independently by this stage of
Learning in DSKP curriculum activities. Plan activities which focus on language practice in a meaningful, the year.
Standards in document. fun and communicative way. Pupils can complete it in their
DSKP curriculum
document. Post-lesson own language if necessary, but
encourage more proficient pupils
4. Ask pupils to think about their learning and performance in this unit. They to complete it in English as
then complete the self-assessment worksheet (see below and note in much as they can.
differentiation strategies column).
5. Collect the worksheets from pupils and review them to note pupils’

responses. If there are any areas of concern, prepare a review of these in


upcoming lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 104


How did I do in Unit 4? Put ✔ next to Great, OK, or A little.

In English, I know how to…

…say the ordinal numbers (first, second, third, Great ____ OK ____ A little

etc) ____
…ask and answer questions about dates Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…talk about future plans Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…talk about celebrations Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…talk about things that are about to happen Great ____ OK ____ A little

____

 I’m proud of myself because I ____________________________________ very well.

 In the next unit, I will ____________________________________ better / more.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 105


Unit 5
SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
WEEK:__

LESSON: 65 (Listening 13) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends

TOPIC: Eating right CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Phonemes

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Introduce and review food vocabulary from the pre-lesson activities with a categorisation activity Activity 1 (Track learning according
to the needs of your
Listening Listening (e.g. sweet foods, fruit, etc). 71) , Activities 1-2 pupils and class.
1.3 1.3.1 Lesson delivery Student’s Book Please see the
(page 49) and seven differentiation
Use appropriate Guess the 2. Introduce the new vocabulary by following instructions for Vocabulary (Track 70) in the Teacher’s Book strategies listed in
Teacher’s Book. (page 78) the introduction.
listening meaning of
strategies in a unfamiliar words 3. Ask pupils to close their books and listen to the song (Track 71). Ask pupils to highlight words
variety of from clues they don’t know in the text (e.g. yummy, market), or direct them to these words. Get them to guess Activity 1
contexts provided by the meaning of these words based on the topic knowledge. Provide pupils with various possible
knowledge of the (phonics),
definitions for these words and ask them to think about the topic to decide what the words mean. Teacher’s Book
topic
4. Follow the instructions for Activity 1 (Track 71) in the Teacher’s Book. Note that the focus of this (page 175) and
lesson should be on listening, so you could adapt the activity (e.g. hide the song lyrics or ask Student’s Book
Complementary Complementary pupils to close their books when listening the first time) in order to help the pupils to focus on (page 120)
Skill Skill listening, not reading or speaking.
Listening Listening 5. Ask pupils to find a word with the sound /eə/ in the song [pear]. Focus on this sound using the Vocabulary (Track
instructions for Activity 1 in Teacher’s Book Phonics* (page 175) and Student’s Book (page 120).
70)
1.1 1.1.1 6. Ask pupils to brainstorm more words with each of the three sounds. Pupils could work in groups
Recognise and Recognise and on one sound each group.
reproduce target reproduce with 7. Optional: Follow instructions for TPR Activity in the Teacher’s Book.
language support a wide
sounds range of target Post-lesson
language 8. Choose an activity from the post-lesson tasks which focuses on reviewing and consolidating
phonemes
either the main or complementary skill in this lesson.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 106


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
__
LESSON: 66 (Speaking 13) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: Eating right CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: want and need +
(un)countable nouns

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning according to
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Revise food vocabulary from the pre-lesson activities. Focus on Activity 3 the needs of your pupils and
class. Please see the seven
Speaking Speaking countable and uncountable nouns. Student’s Book differentiation strategies listed in
2.2 2.2.1 Lesson delivery (page 49) and the introduction. Please also
Teacher’s Book consider the following:
Use appropriate Keep interaction 2. Focus on the Grammar Box using the instructions in the Teacher’s (page 79) Presenting to a group rather than
communication going in short Book.
to the whole class can support
strategies exchanges by: 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3 (CD1, Track less confident pupils. It will also
using suitable 72). Some of the dishes may be unfamiliar to your pupils. Talk to pupils help the pace of the lesson giving
about these dishes and ask for pupils’ opinion of them. time for pupils to speak more.
words
Complementary This is especially true in large
4. Have pupils re-do Activity 3 but this time they should change the
Skill (i) to show classes.
understanding ingredient to confuse their partner. Their partner should ask for
Listening clarification, e.g. Omelette: eggs and chocolate: Sorry, did you say
1.2 (ii) to ask for chocolate?.
clarification 5. Have pupils talk to their partner about ingredients needed for other
Understand Complementary dishes they like. You may need to help with vocabulary here.
meaning in a Skill Post-lesson
variety of familiar
contexts Listening 6. Play the song again and have pupils sing along.
1.2.5
Understand longer

supported
questions

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 107


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
__
LESSON: 67 (Reading 13) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Eating right CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: (un)countable nouns
with some / any

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Play the game Market Races (see Teacher’s Book, Optional activity – Activities 1&3 according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
Reading Reading Teacher’s Book, page 79) Student’s Book see the seven differentiation
3.2 3.2.4 Lesson delivery (pages 50 &51) strategies listed in the
and Teacher’s introduction. Please also
Understand a Recognise and use 2. On the board, write the words of the new vocabulary (at the top of Book (pages 79 & consider the following:
student’s book). Hand out dictionaries to pairs/groups and have pupils look 80)
variety of linear with little or no If you have fast readers in
and non-linear support key for the definitions of the words. Note that many of these are noun phrases, Monolingual your class, you could ask
print and digital features of a simple so pupils may need to look up more than one word for each item.
dictionaries them to make more
texts by using monolingual 3. Pupils check their understanding by looking in the student’s book. true/false questions in
appropriate dictionary Student’s Book (page 51)
reading strategies Complementary 4. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1. about the text.
Complementary Skill 5. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3.
Skill Reading Post-lesson

Reading 3.2.2 7. If time allows, have pupils do a speaking activity where they talk about the

3.2 Understand specific food they can see in the story and compare it to the food they have in their
own kitchen. This will help pupils to go over new vocabulary they learned
Understand a information and during the lesson and use them in sentences.
variety of linear details of simple 8. Ask pupils to complete exit cards writing three words they learned today
and non-linear texts of one or two
print and digital paragraphs from their reading, including those they checked in the dictionary. Check
texts by using their exit cards and address emerging learning needs (e.g. weak spelling,
appropriate new words not mentioned). Address these needs in the next lesson.
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 108


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)

LESSON: 68 (Writing 13) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK: __

TOPIC: Eating right CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Entrepreneurship LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: (Un)countable nouns;
listing items

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose an activity from the pre-lesson tasks which focusses on spelling Activities 4-5 Student’s according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Writing Writing of a word pupils found challenging in the previous lesson. Book (page 51) and Please see the seven
4.3 4.3.2 Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book (page differentiation strategies
81) listed in the introduction.
Communicate Spell most high 2. Introduce the idea of a picnic and relate it to pupils’ own experience. Activity 4 (CD1, Track Please also consider the
with appropriate frequency words Tell them that they are going to follow the instructions in the Teacher’s 75) following:
language form accurately in guided Book for Activity 5. Focus on the spelling of the list.
and style for a writing 3. Pupils write sentences in their notebook, saying what they are going to Activity 5 (CD1, Track
range of purposes 76)
buy for their picnic, e.g. We’re going to buy some eggs, some juice and a
in print and digital packet of crisps. Remind pupils how to use commas in lists,
media Complementary
Post-lesson
Complementary Skill
Skill Writing 4. Choose a suitable Post-lesson task from the list, which asks pupils to
give feedback on their writing and/or reflect on their learning in this
Writing
4.3.1 sequence of lessons.
4.3 Use capital letters,

Communicate full stops, question


with appropriate marks and commas
language form in lists appropriately
and style for a in guided writing at
range of purposes discourse level
in print and digital
media

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 109


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
__
LESSON: 69 (Language Arts 13) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: The King of Kites CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Adjectives (feelings
:

and emotions)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre lesson The King of Kites Differentiate
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Choose an activity from the pre-lesson task list which introduces feelings and Contemporary learning according
emotions. to the needs of your
5.2 5.2.1 Children’s
pupils and class.
Literature (CCL)
2. Ask pupils to identify the emotions of the characters found on selected pages. Please see the
Express personal Say in simple words Teaching
Example: Elicit emotions seen on page 5 (happy). seven differentiation
responses to and phrases how a Guidebook (BPK) strategies listed in
literary text text makes them Note: Ask pupils to identify other situations where they feel happy. Teacher provides – Short story the introduction.
feel pictures of people showing different emotions. Please also
consider the
Complementary following (Strategy
Skill Complementary Lesson delivery 3):
Reading Skill 3. Distribute Worksheet 5 (pages 80-81) to pupils and ask pupils to fill in the suitable The teacher may

3.3 Reading social expressions. expect more


language from
Read 3.3.1 some pupils, and
less from others.
independently for Read and enjoy A1 Post lesson The main aim is that
information and fiction/non-fiction 4. Ask pupils to check their answer with their partner. every pupil says or
enjoyment print and digital writes something,
texts of interest 5. Get pupils’ feedback and list answers on the board. so that they feel
successful.

Note: Accept any suitable answers. For intermediate learners, list options for
answers.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 110


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
__
LESSON: 70 (Listening 14) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Eating right CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Questions with
How much/many/often…?

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task which introduces the topic ‘health’ or follow Activities 1-3 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Listening Listening instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up and Vocabulary (CD1, Student’s Book Please see the seven
1.2 1.2.5 Track 77). (pages 52-53) and differentiation strategies
Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book listed in the introduction.
(pages 82-83)
Understand Understand longer
meaning in a supported Vocabulary (CD1,
variety of familiar questions 2. Teacher prepares a worksheet based on Health Quiz on page 52. Track 77).
contexts (Remove the questions and retain the answers for the questions). Activity 3 (CD1, Track
Teacher reads the quiz questions from Activity 1 aloud. Pupils listen and 79).
choose the best answer individually in the worksheet.
Complementary Complementary 3. Have pupils talk about their answers in pairs, following instructions in Worksheet with the
Skill answer choices to the
Skill the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2. quiz questions
Listening Listening 4. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3 (CD1, Track
1.2 79).
1.2.2 Post-lesson
Understand
meaning in a Understand with 5. Choose a post-lesson task from the list which consolidates learning in
variety of familiar support specific
information and this lesson.
contexts
details of longer
simple texts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 111


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
LESSON: 71 (Speaking 14) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
__

TOPIC: Eating right CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Questions with
WEEK:

How much/many/often…?; Statements with countable


and uncountable nouns + determiners

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Review the use of collective nouns (e.g. A cup of tea, a carton of milk, Activity 4 Student’s according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Speaking Speaking a bottle of water) by following instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Book (page 53) and Please see the seven
2.1 2.1.1 Revision activity (‘Call it out’) page 82. Teacher’s Book differentiation strategies
Lesson delivery (pages 82 & 83, listed in the introduction.
CD1, Track 80) Please also consider the
Communicate Explain and give
simple information reasons for basic 2. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 4, CD1,Track following:
intelligibly opinions 80. Some pupils may need a
3. Have pupils tell each other how healthy they think they and their lot of support with
partner are, based on their answers to the questions in Activity 4. You language (both written and
Complementary Complementary will probably need to model language for this, e.g. I think Aisha is very spoken in this lesson). If
Skill Skill healthy (but/and) I’m (not) very healthy (too). necessary, focus on
4. Have pupils write sentence(s) about their partner in their notebooks, language and provide
Writing Writing written models on the
4.2 4.2.3 e.g. Sadia drinks two cans of lemonade every day. I think this is not very board for pupils to work
healthy. from. Be sure to give pupils
Communicate Describe basic Post-lesson a chance to practise saying
the models too, e.g. by
basic information everyday routines
intelligibly for a 5. Talk to pupils about the importance of having a healthy diet in drilling, so that they are all
range of purposes childhood using English language that can be understood by your ready to participate in the
in print and digital pupils. Use as much English as possible. activities.
media

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 112


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
__
LESSON: 72 (Reading 14) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Eating right CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of


:

(un)countable nouns

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Review food vocabulary from previous lessons. You can plan a game Project Activities according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
Reading Reading or an activity. Introduce any new food vocabulary which is relevant to your 1-2 Student’s see the seven differentiation
3.2 3.2.2 pupils’ daily lives. Then follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Book (page 55) strategies listed in the
Warm up for one to two words in each category. and Teacher’s introduction. Please also
Understand a Understand specific Lesson delivery Book (page 87, consider the following:
CD1, Track 83)
variety of linear information and 2. On the worksheet, have pupils work in pairs or small groups. They The categorisation of foods
and non-linear details of simple Worksheet with may be challenging to some
print and digital texts of one or two brainstorm more words to go into each category. They don’t need to focus food categories pupils. Spend plenty of time
texts by using paragraphs on spelling at this point. Also see differentiation section for more details. checking their understanding
appropriate 3. Talk to pupils about the importance of each food group.. of the different food
reading strategies categories and letting them
Complementary Complementary 4. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Project Activity 1, brainstorm more foods in
Skill CD1, Track 83. each category.
Skill
Writing Writing 5. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Project Activity 2.
Remind pupils to focus on correct spelling.
4.3 4.3.2 6. Have pupils review the spelling of the words in the worksheet earlier.

Communicate Spell most high They could use a dictionary, refer to the Student’s Book or teacher can
frequency words support them in this. .
with appropriate
language form accurately in guided Post-lesson
and style for a writing
range of purposes 7. Choose an activity from the post-lesson tasks to review any vocabulary
in print and digital pupils found challenging in this lesson.
media

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 113


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
__
LESSON: 73 (Writing 14) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Eating right CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of


:

(un)countable structures; conjunction: or / but

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Play ‘supermarket frenzy’ (see Teacher’s Book, Optional activity) 4 according to the needs of your
pupils and class. Please see
Writing Writing Lesson delivery Student’s Book the seven differentiation
(page 55) and strategies listed in the
4.2 4.2.5 Teacher’s
2. Have pupils categorise the foods from the pre-lesson stage into their food introduction. Please also
Communicate Connect sentences groups. Book (page 87) consider the following:
basic information into a coherent 3. Teachers prepares a worksheet based on the table in Activity 2. Note that Worksheet Some pupils may need a lot of
intelligibly for a paragraph using the table should be empty except for the food/activity type column. Replace based on the support. Consider pairing more
range of purposes basic coordinating ‘Tony’ with ‘You/I’. Talk to pupils about the column ‘How much you need’ and table in Activity and less proficient pupils
in print and digital conjunctions and decide together what to put in that column. Ensure the conjunction ‘or’ is 2 together, having one
media reference pronouns included here. worksheet per pair so that they
4. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Writing Tip. Hand out the can enter both pupils’ details in
the table. Alternatively, you
Complementary Complementary worksheet and have pupils write their answers on the worksheet. could ask more proficient
Skill Skill 5. Introduce the word and concept of ‘enough’ (He had/didn’t have enough pupils to support other pupils
xxx yesterday). Have pupils share their worksheets in groups and say in the class when they have
Writing Writing finished.
whether they had enough fruits/vegetables/sleep etc. yesterday.
4.2 4.2.3 8. Pupils add sentences to the worksheet to say something they had

Communicate Describe basic enough/not enough of yesterday: I need xxx every day, but yesterday I didn’t
basic information everyday routines have enough xxx.
intelligibly for a Post-lesson
range of purposes
in print and digital 7. Choose a suitable Post-lesson task from the list, which asks pupils to
media reflect on their learning in this sequence of lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 114


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
__
LESSON: 74 (Language Arts 14) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: The King of Kites CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Vocabulary (settings)
:

Innovation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre lesson The King of Kites Differentiate
eview of
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Choose an activity from the pre-lesson task list which introduces the setting of the learning according
(un)countable structures; conjunction: or / but
Contemporary to the needs of your
story.
5.3 5.3.1 Children’s
pupils and class.
2. Follow instructions on page 41. Literature (CCL)
Please see the
Express an Respond Teaching
seven differentiation
imaginative imaginatively and Guidebook (BPK) strategies listed in
response literary intelligibly through – Short story
Note: Ask pupils to bring materials to set up a mini corner for sewing and kite the introduction.
texts creating simple Worksheet 7a & Please also
picture stories, making. 7b consider the
simple poems and following (Strategy
cartoon stories. 7):
Lesson delivery Feedback given to
Complementary 3. Distribute Worksheets 7(a) (page 43) and 7(b) (page 44). pupils should be
Complementary varied according to
Skill 4. Follow instructions on page 42 to create a pop-up storyboard.
Skill their ability to act on
Speaking Speaking the feedback.

2.2 2.2.2 Post lesson

Use appropriate Check steps 5. Get pupils to present their pop-up storyboard at the mini corner.

communication needed to complete


short classroom
strategies
tasks

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 115


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
LESSON: 75 (Listening 15) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Knowledge
__

TOPIC: Eating right CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Value LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Functional language:
WEEK:

Would you like…? / Yes, please. I’d like + a/some


(un)countable noun

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Introduce to pupils the concept and the vocabulary related to eating at a Activities 3-4 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Listening Listening restaurant such as ‘menu’, ‘order’, ‘pay’, ‘fork and knife’, ‘table for two’ etc. You Student’s Book class. Please see the
1.2 1.2.5 should also introduce the roles of a waiter and a customer in a restaurant. (page 57) and seven differentiation
Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
(page 89) introduction.
Understand Understand longer
meaning in a supported questions 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3. Be sure to read the An example menu Consider
variety of familiar questions aloud and practise them orally with pupils when checking answers in
(simple and with a pairing/grouping very
contexts Complementary order to address the main skill. few choices low proficiency pupils
Skill
3. Develop the dialogue so that it is more natural, to include language to show and suitable for Year 4 with more proficient
Speaking clarify understanding (e.g. by repeating a word: Would you like anything to drink? / pupils) ones, who can support
Complementary 2.2.1 To drink? Yes, please…). them in the dialogue
Skill 4. Provide pupils with the sample menu. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book practice.
Keep interaction
Speaking for Activity 4.Pupils can re-use questions from Activity 3 and the example menus for
going in short this activity.
2.2 exchanges by: Post-lesson

Use appropriate using suitable 5. Have pupils talk about their favourite restaurants, what they like to eat and other
communication words
strategies experiences of eating out that may be relevant to them.
(i) to show
understanding
(ii) to ask for

clarification

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 116


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
__
LESSON: 76 (Speaking 15) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: Eating right CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of (un)countable
structures

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up and Vocabulary (CD1, Activity 1 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Speaking Speaking Track 81). Student’s Book class. Please see the
2.1 2.1.5 Lesson delivery (page 54) and seven differentiation
Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
Communicate Describe people, 2. Prepare a set of instructions to play the board game based on Activity 1 (pg.54). (page 84) introduction. Please
simple information and objects using The instructions should have some blanks so that pupils can check the steps Written, gapped also consider the
intelligibly suitable statements needed to play the game. instructions (See following:
3. Tell pupils they will play a board game in the Student’s Book. Hand out the Activity 1, Monitor as pupils play
instructions to pairs or groups of pupils. They read the instructions and fill the Teacher’s Book) the board game. Note
blanks with the correct words. Have pupils ask questions to complete the for the game (see language problems that
instructions. Discuss the answers. student’s book they still have and
Complementary Complementary 4. Pupils play the board game in small groups following the written instructions Activity 1). return to these
Skill Skill (anonymously) at the
Speaking Speaking together. Follow instructions for Activity 1. Focus on describing the objects on the end of the lesson.
board game when playing the game using collective nouns.
2.2 2.2.2 Post-lesson

Use appropriate Check steps 5. Finish with an error correction activity based on mistakes you hear pupils make in

communication needed to complete the language and vocabulary covered in this unit (or previous units). Do not name or
strategies short classroom point at individual pupils who made the errors.
tasks

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 117


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
__
LESSON: 77 (Reading 15) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: Eating right CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Prepositional verbs: be
good for

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Adapt an activity from the pre-lesson tasks or create your own activity which asks CLIL 2 Student’s according to the needs
of your pupils and
Reading Reading pupils to categorise healthy and unhealthy foods. Book (page 130) class. Please see the
3.2 3.2.2 Lesson delivery and Teacher’s seven differentiation
Book (page 194) strategies listed in the
Understand a Understand specific Worksheet for introduction. Please
also consider the
variety of linear information and 2. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1 (CD3, Track 38). matching new
following:
and non-linear details of simple words and their
print and digital texts of one or two 3. Prepare a worksheet for matching new words from Activity 1 and their definitions. definitions Some pupils may read
texts by using paragraphs These should be words that are probably new to pupils and can be guessed from very slowly, while
appropriate topic knowledge e.g. strong, half. Have pupils find and underline or highlight the others may race
reading strategies words from the worksheet in the text. Then ask them to match the words with their through the text as
Complementary Complementary definitions on the worksheet. You could also include definitions for the new quickly as they can. Try
Skill vocabulary presented at the top of the page, which would help consolidate it. to discourage reading
Skill
too quickly. Avoid
4. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2.
Reading Reading giving fast finishers
3.2 3.2.3 Note: In the next lesson, pupils will do a poster project (see Lesson 78 for details). something ‘fun’ to do.
Set up the project task for next lesson if you expect your pupils to research You could set a gist
Understand a Guess the meaning information at home. reading question for
of unfamiliar words them to write the
variety of linear Post-lesson answer to while they
and non-linear from clues provided
by title and topic 5. Follow instructions for the Before leaving activity in the Teacher’s Book. wait.
print and digital
texts by using
appropriate
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 118


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
__
LESSON: 78 (Writing 15) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Eating right CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: ICT LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of


:

(un)countable structures; Prepositional verbs: be good for

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Resources for Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task which lets pupils review challenging and/or useful posters (paper, according to the
Writing Writing language for the posters in a fun way. pens, etc) needs of your pupils
Lesson delivery Tacks etc for and class. Please see
4.1 4.1.2 the seven
2. Plan a lesson where pupils work on a poster project in small groups. The posters displaying differentiation
Use cursive writing posters strategies listed in the
Form letters and should present information about the health value of foods of their choice. These could
words in neat in written work be their favourite foods, healthy foods, foods to avoid etc. They could choose one or introduction. Please
also consider the
legible print using more foods each to put on their posters.
cursive writing following:
Emphasise to pupils that they should take particular care with their handwriting as their Consider having
work will be displayed. Depending on their level, when they draft the text, they could
different pupils play
pay particular attention to handwriting. Monitor and support pupils with this aspect of
different roles in the
their work in particular.
group (e.g. writer,
Complementary
Complementary They will need to research information about the foods. This could be done in class if designer, manager,
Skill
Skill you have access to the internet, or pupils could be asked to do this research at home artist etc). This can
Writing Writing before the lesson. Make sure to give plenty of clear guidance and suggested sites to allow pupils to work in
look at so that pupils can use the internet safely. They should do this with an adult. a way they feel most
4.3.2
4.3 Have pupils work collaboratively in the lesson so that they all participate in creating and able.
Spell most high .
Communicate presenting the posters. Remind them that effort in presentation is important, so they
with appropriate frequency words should take care with handwriting, spelling etc.
language form accurately in guided Post-lesson
writing
and style for a
range of purposes 3. Ask pupils to think about their learning and performance in this unit and the year so
far. They then complete the self-assessment worksheet (see below). Most pupils will be
able to complete the self-assessment worksheet with just a little support. Continue to

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 119


in print and digital explain the criteria to pupils so they understand them clearly. Support pupils where
media needed and allow pupils to write in their own language if necessary. You could then
help them to express themselves in English.
4. Collect the worksheets from pupils and review them to note pupils’ responses. If

there are any areas of concern, prepare a review of these in upcoming lessons.
Talk to individual pupils about their progress in this first half of the year.

How did I do in Unit 5? Put ✔ next to Great, OK, or A little.

In English, I know how to…

…talk about food and containers Great ____ OK ____ A little ____

…ask and answer questions about food and drink Great ____ OK ____ A little ____

…talk about keeping healthy Great ____ OK ____ A little ____

…write a health log Great ____ OK ____ A little ____

 I’m proud of myself because I ____________________________________ very well in this unit.

 So far this year, I have been good at ____________________________________.

 In the next unit, I will ____________________________________ better / more.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 120


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
__
LESSON: 79 (Language Arts 15) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: The King of Kites CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Vocabulary (giving
:

opinions and reasons)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre lesson The King of Kites Differentiate
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Choose an activity from the pre-lesson task list which introduces the message/ Contemporary learning according
moral of the story. to the needs of your
5.3 5.3.1 Children’s
pupils and class.
Literature (CCL)
2. Follow instructions on page 52. Please see the
Express an Respond Teaching
seven differentiation
imaginative imaginatively and Note: Teacher can prepare pictures in the text with different situations as prompts. Guidebook (BPK) strategies listed in
response literary intelligibly through – Short story
the introduction.
texts creating simple Lesson delivery Please also
picture stories,
consider the
simple poems and 3. Distribute Task sheet 3 (page 53). following (Strategy
cartoon stories. 7):
4. Get pupils to share their responses based on the situations given.
Complementary Feedback given to
Skill Complementary Post lesson pupils should be
varied according to
Skill
Speaking 5. Provide feedback to pupils’ responses. their ability to act on
2.1 Speaking the feedback.

Communicate 2.1.1

simple information Explain and give


intelligibly reasons for basic
opinions

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 121


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 5)
MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Project-Based Learning THEME: Teacher to select
LESSON: 80 (Project-Based Learning 1)
__ WEEK:

CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Teacher to select LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Teacher to select


TOPIC: Teacher to select
CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION
STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Teachers will need to develop their own lessons based on topic/themes and Teacher to select For differentiation
Teachers to select Teachers to select resources that they select. Ideas for projects should be based on the needs and their own strategies, please
an appropriate an appropriate main interests of the pupils. materials refer to the provided
main skill and skill and list of differentiation
complementary complementary skill strategies and
skill based on the based on the needs select appropriate
needs and and interest of the strategy/strategies
interest of the pupils. based on the needs
pupils. of the pupils.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 122


Unit 6
SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
__

LESSON: 81 (Listening 16) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: Getting around CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Imperative statements
(positive & negative)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up and Vocabulary (CD 2, Track Activity 1 according to the
needs of your pupils
Listening Listening 2). Student’s Book and class. Please see
1.1 1.1.1 Lesson delivery (page 59) and the seven
Teacher’s Book differentiation
Recognise and Recognise and 2. Prepare a set of flashcards to introduce rhyming words from the song.. (page 92) strategies listed in the
reproduce target reproduce with 3. Show large-sized pictures 1-6. Have pupils predict in pairs what the song will say Vocabulary (CD 2, introduction. Please
language sounds support a wide Track 2). also consider the
about each picture (e.g. This is dangerous/okay/a good idea. I think this is (un)safe.) following:
range of target Ask pupils to justify why they think it is safe or unsafe.
language Provide a simple
phonemes Note that the focus of this lesson should be on listening, so you could adapt the activity Flashcards to model to give reasons
(e.g. hide the song lyrics or ask pupils to close their books when listening the first time) show rhyming for their predictions,
in order to help the pupils to focus on listening not reading or writing. words from song but also encourage
Complementary Complementary 4. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1 (CD 2, Track 4), then have (e.g. Jules-rules; pupils to give their
Skill Joe-window; opinions more freely
Skill pupils check their predictions from the previous step.
handlebars-cars) using as much
Speaking
Speaking Post-lesson Large-sized language as they
2.1.4 5. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for TPR activity. have available to
2.1 pictures (1-6 in them. Support pupils
Communicate Give reasons for Activity 1) in saying what they
simple want to say so that
simple information each pupil can work
predictions
intelligibly at their own level.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 123


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
__
LESSON: 82 (Speaking 16) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK:

TOPIC: Getting around CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Imperative statements
(positive & negative)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Review the safety rules in the song by playing it again and having pupils sing Activity 2 according to the
needs of your pupils
Speaking Speaking along. Student’s Book and class. Please see
2.1 2.1.3 Lesson delivery (page 59) and the seven
Teacher’s Book differentiation
Communicate Give a longer 2. Have pupils read the song and underline the rules. Use this to introduce the target (page 92) strategies listed in the
simple information sequence of basic language, following instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Grammar Box. introduction.
intelligibly instructions or 3. Get pupils to discuss in groups/pairs on the rules when they are in the car, on the
directions bike and in the street. Encourage pupils to add more rules besides the ones
mentioned in the song using sequences of imperative verb forms.
Complementary 4. Ask pupils to write these rules in cursive writing. Remind pupils to pay attention to

Complementary neatness and clarity of their handwriting as it will be displayed.


Skill
Skill 5. Then, get pupils to present their rules to the class.
Writing
Writing
Post-lesson
4.1.2
4.1
6. Review the safety rules by showing the flash cards and asking pupils to identify
Form letters and Use cursive writing what is safe and what is not safe. Pay attention to pupils who are still struggling and
in written work
plan further support during the coming lessons.
words in neat
legible print using
cursive writing

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 124


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
__
:WEEK LESSON: 83 (Reading 16) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends

TOPIC: Getting around CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Prepositions; Question
Language forms

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Vocabulary.(CD2, Track 5) Activities 1&3 according to the
needs of your pupils
Reading Reading Student’s Book and class. Please see
3.2 3.2.2 (pages 60-61) and the seven
Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book differentiation
Understand a Understand specific (pages 94-95) strategies listed in the
2. Follow the relevant instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1 (CD2, Track 6) introduction.
variety of linear information and and play the listening track. Pupils listen and answer the question.
and non-linear details of simple
print and digital texts of one or two 3. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3
texts by using paragraphs Optional: Ask pupils to think about a school trip they had recently. Plan a speaking
appropriate
reading strategies activity where they talk about the trip using Activity 3 as a guide for what to say.
Complementary Complementary

Skill Skill Post-lesson


Listening Listening 4. Choose a post-lesson task from the list which reviews learning and/or the text

1.2 1.2.1 pupils worked with in this lesson.


Understand Understand with

meaning in a support the main


variety of familiar idea of longer
contexts simple texts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 125


__ SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
LESSON: 84 (Writing 16) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Getting around CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Global LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Descriptive language
:

Sustainability (present simple); Prepositions

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Put the pictures of the famous buildings on the board and elicit vocabulary related to them. Write CLIL 3 Student’s according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Writing Writing the vocabulary on the board. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up and Book (page 131) Please see the seven
4.3 4.3.3 Vocabulary (CD3, Track 39). and Teacher’s differentiation strategies
Lesson delivery Book (page 195) listed in the introduction.
Communicate Produce a plan Pictures of Please also consider the
2. Introduce vocabulary that may be new to pupils (e.g. Danish). Divide the class in half. Follow the following:
with appropriate or draft of one famous buildings
language form paragraph for a instructions for Activity 1 (without listening track), so that half of the class reads text A and half of (in Malaysia and Allow pupils to choose a
and style for a familiar topic and the class reads text B. Note: the texts may be challenging for many Year 4 pupils. Try to simplify
other countries, building to write about of
range of modify this them by either providing extra support or revising them and giving the revised versions on including those in their choice. They may
purposes in print appropriately in handouts.
Student’s Book) prefer to write about
and digital media response to 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2, so that pupils tick in the relevant Sets of questions something that is familiar to
feedback boxes for the building they read about. them, for example a famous
on a worksheet
building in Malaysia (e.g.
4. Pupils check their answers with someone who read the other text. They should have a full table
Complementary the Petronas Towers), or a
Skill Complementary of ticks. building in another country
Reading Skill 5. Hand out worksheets (the questions should match the information asked about in Activity 2, e.g. they have visited or a
Where is it? What does it look like? What can you do there?). Pupils match the questions to the record-breaking building
Reading (e.g. Burj Khalifa). Giving
3.2 statements 1-4 in Activity 2.
pupils the choice of building
Understand a 3.2.2 6. Pairs of pupils choose a famous building (they could use one from the pictures introduced in the will motivate them to find out
variety of linear Understand pre-lesson stage). They make notes about the building based on the questions on the worksheet. and write about it.
and non-linear specific They may need to find out more information about the building at home, which they will use as a
print and digital information and plan for writing in Lesson 89.
texts by using details of simple 7. Pupils can begin writing the first draft of a description of the building if there is time in this lesson.
appropriate texts of one or They will finish it in Lesson 89. Ask pupils to bring a picture of their famous building to Lesson 89.
reading two paragraphs
strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 126


Post-lesson

8. Choose a suitable Post-lesson task from the list, which asks pupils to reflect on their learning
in this sequence of lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 127


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
LESSON: 85 (Language Arts 16)
__ WEEK:

CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Vocabulary


TOPIC: The King of Kites
CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION
STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre lesson The King of Kites Differentiate
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Introduce pupils to a song about being a good friend - "Count On Me" by Bruno Contemporary learning according
Mars. to the needs of your
5.3 5.3.1 Children’s
pupils and class.
2. Ask pupils to watch the video clip of the song on Youtube. Literature (CCL)
Please see the
Express an Respond Teaching
seven differentiation
imaginative imaginatively and Note: Teacher can prepare the lyrics of the song (page 56). Guidebook (BPK) strategies listed in
response literary intelligibly through – Short story
the introduction.
texts creating simple Please also
picture stories, Lesson delivery consider the
simple poems and
following (Strategy
cartoon stories. 3. Ask pupils to listen for information on how they help their friend from the song. 4):
Complementary Note: Teacher may repeat the song as many times as possible. Some pupils need

Skill Complementary 4. Get pupils to brainstorm and discuss on how they can help their friends based on longer than others
to complete tasks,
Skill the song.
Listening especially when
1.2 Listening 5. Get pupils to share their responses based on the song. writing is involved.
When it is
Understand 1.2.3 appropriate, these
meaning in a Understand with Post lesson pupils should be
given a little more
variety of familiar
support short simple time to finish, and
contexts narratives on a 6. Get pupils to complete a double bubble map between the song (Count On Me)
extra tasks for
range of familiar and the story (The King of Kites) to compare what good friends do.
pupils who
topics complete the task
early should be
provided

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 128


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
__
LESSON: 86 (Listening 17) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Getting around CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Prepositions; Question
forms

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose an activity from the pre-lesson task list which reintroduces and reviews Student’s Book according to the
needs of your pupils
Listening Listening the vocabulary of time in the previous lessons. Focus on distinguishing between, for Activity 4 (page and class. Please see
1.2 1.2.2 example 14 and 40 or 16 and 60. 61) Teacher’s the seven
Lesson delivery Book (pages 94 & differentiation
95) strategies listed in the
Understand Understand with
meaning in a support specific introduction. Please
variety of familiar information and 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Grammar Box. Have pupils find also consider the
contexts details of longer following:
examples of the target language in the text to give context.
simple texts 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 4 (CD2, Track 7). Be sure to instruct
clearly and model the
Complementary 4. Plan a pairwork activity, where pupils practise similar conversations, based on the language, showing
Skill Complementary questions in the Grammar box, the statements in Activity 4 and their answers to where pupils can find
Listening Skill Activity 3. the information on the
page. Use some
1.2 Listening Post-lesson more proficient pupils
to help you
Understand 1.2.5 5. Review learning in this lesson based on your observation of pupils during the demonstrate and
activities. You could do this based on one of the post-lesson tasks in the list. model the
meaning in a Understand longer
variety of familiar supported questions conversations.
contexts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 129


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
__
LESSON: 87 (Speaking 17) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Getting around CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Prepositions; Question
:

forms; Making invitations: Would you like to come?

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Speaking Speaking 1. Review vocabulary of time by choosing or modifying an activity from the pre- Activity 4 according to the
needs of your pupils
2.2 2.2.1 lesson task list. Student’s Book and class. Please see
Use appropriate Keep interaction (page 61) and the seven
Teacher’s Book differentiation
communication going in short Lesson delivery (page 95) strategies listed in the
strategies exchanges by: introduction. Please
2. Have pupils do an activity (e.g. a matching activity) to review prepositions.
using suitable also consider the
words 3. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 5. Extend the dialogue so following:
Complementary that it becomes a more natural interaction (e.g. add: Really? or That sounds fun!). A model invitation will
Skill (i) to show
be useful for pupils
understanding 4. In pairs, have pupils write an invitation to another pair to join them on their trip. Be
Writing sure to help pupils with the language for this, e.g. We’re going to… Would you like to who need extra
(ii) to ask for come with us? support in writing.
4.2 clarification Prepare one if
Communicate Complementary 5. Pairs deliver their invitations, and reply to other invitations. necessary.
Remember to vary
basic information Skill
intelligibly for a Post-lesson your questions and
range of purposes Writing feedback for different
in print and digital 4.2.2 6. Choose a post-lesson task which reviews learning. You could also give feedback pupils.
media on pupils’ trips and see which ones sound the most fun.
Make and respond
to simple offers and
invitations

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 130


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
__
LESSON: 88 (Reading 17) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: Getting around CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Global LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Gerunds (Noun + ing)
Sustainability / Values

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus Differentiate
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up and Vocabulary (CD2, Track 9). 4 learning according
to the needs of your
Reading Reading Activity 1-2 pupils and class.
3.2 3.2.2 Student’s Book Please see the
Lesson delivery (page 62) and seven differentiation
Understand a Understand Teacher’s Book strategies listed in
2. Put the pictures of the three vehicles on the board and ask some questions (avoid giving (pages 96-97) the introduction.
variety of linear specific
away detail from the texts). Please also
and non-linear information and Large-sized
consider the
print and digital details of simple 3. Divide the class into three groups. Assign pupils in each group a different text (one group pictures of
texts by using texts of one or has the text on tuk-tuks, one on gondolas, the other on snowmobiles). Ask pupils to decide vehicles on following:
appropriate two paragraphs which picture their text refers to by reading their text quietly. page 62 If some pupils have
reading strategies 4. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2. Note that pupils give answers just had experience of
the vehicles in the
for the vehicle they have read about.
Complementary **Remind pupils texts but are unable
Complementary Skill 5. Invite pupils to describe their experiences with these vehicles, if they have any, and/or to bring their to talk about it in
Skill Speaking whether they’d like to go on any of them. Note pupils’ progress and plan future support research about English, allow them
Speaking accordingly. buildings to the to use their first
2.1.5 next lesson. language to tell the
2.1 class. Help them
Describe people, Post-lesson say some words
Communicate and objects and phrases in
simple information using suitable 6. Choose an activity from the post-lesson tasks which asks pupils for their personal English as well.
intelligibly statements response to the text and/or what they remember about what they have read.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 131


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
__
LESSON: 89 (Writing 17) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Getting around CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Patriotism / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of descriptive
:

Creativity and Innovation / ICT language

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning according
Writing Writing 1. Choose a pre-lesson task to reintroduce the theme of buildings. Try CLILL 3 Student’s to the needs of your pupils and
class. Please see the seven
4.3 4.3.3 to incorporate the pictures of the buildings from lesson 84. Book (page 131) (for differentiation strategies listed in
Communicate Produce a plan or Lesson delivery reference) Teacher’s the introduction. Please also
Book (page 195) consider the following:
with appropriate draft of one 2. Plan a lesson where pupils write about a famous building. Research about
language form paragraph for a Pupils will need a lot of
and style for a familiar topic and In lesson 84, in pairs, they chose a building and planned what to write buildings done by individual support in this lesson.
range of purposes modify this about it, based on Activity 2. At home, they will have researched more pupils* It is important to work with both
in print and digital appropriately in information and found a picture. You will have reminded pupils about Pupils’ pictures of a more and less proficient pupils
media response to this homework in the previous lesson so they should come prepared. to help them work to the best of
famous building
feedback Have some material prepared for pupils who may not have done the their ability. Allow pairs to
research or have forgotten to bring their homework. Pupils’ writing plans support each other as much as
Complementary In this lesson, pupils use the information to fill out their plan for writing. from Lesson 84 possible.
Skill Complementary They will then write a first draft individually. Pairs then work together to Pictures of buildings Provide plenty of positive
Writing Skill review both their writing and formulate a single final draft. from Lesson 84 feedback and avoid too much
marking of errors on pupils’
4.2 Writing 3. Pupils present their final draft along with the picture to the class. writing. Focus on recent target
4.2.4 Post-lesson language when highlighting
Communicate mistakes.
basic information Describe people 4. Have pupils review each other’s work and give feedback to one
intelligibly for a and objects using another and/or choose a suitable Post-lesson task from the list, which
range of purposes suitable statements asks pupils to reflect on their learning in this sequence of lessons.
in print and digital
media

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 132


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
__
LESSON: 90 (Language Arts 17) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: The King of Kites CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Information and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Vocabulary (invitation)
:

Communications Technology

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre lesson The King of Kites Differentiate
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Introduce pupils to samples of wedding invitations/ congratulatory cards. Contemporary learning according
to the needs of your
5.3 5.3.1 Children’s
2. Get pupils to talk about the contents of the card. For example: date, time, venue, pupils and class.
Literature (CCL)
RSVP, etc… Please see the
Express an Respond Teaching
seven differentiation
imaginative imaginatively and Note: Teacher asks pupils to bring samples of wedding invitations/ congratulatory Guidebook (BPK) strategies listed in
response literary intelligibly through cards. – Short story
the introduction.
texts creating simple Lesson delivery Please also
picture stories, consider the
simple poems and 3. Assign pupils to create their own card according to their creativity using MS following (Strategy
cartoon stories.
Powerpoint. 2):
Complementary 4. Pupils present their work. Different types and

Skill Complementary Note: Teacher may refer to page 66 for instructions on this activity. amount of support
can be given to less
Skill
Writing proficient pupils. For
Post lesson
Writing example, you can
4.2
5. Teacher assesses their work and provides feedback. give more proficient
Communicate 4.2.2 pupils more verbal
basic information Make and respond instructions without
intelligibly for a using gestures.
to simple offers and
range of purposes invitations
in print and digital
media

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 133


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
__
LESSON: 91 (Listening 19) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Getting around CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Gerunds (Verb + ing)
:

used as a noun

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task to pre-teach any key concepts or vocabulary in the Activities 3-4 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Listening Listening listening (Activity 3, see Teacher’s Book for transcript) that may be new to pupils. Student’s Book class. Please see the
1.2 1.2.2 Lesson delivery (page 63) and seven differentiation
Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
Understand Understand with (page 97) introduction.
meaning in a support specific 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3 (CD2, Track 11). **Remind pupils to
variety of familiar information and bring recycle
contexts details of longer 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Grammar box. materials needed
simple texts 4. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 4 (CD2, Track 12). to create their
favourite
Complementary 5. Extend the language and have pupils do an interactive writing activity where they transports
Skill Complementary use the target language in Activity 4 to talk about transport they use daily (e.g. I go
Writing Skill to school by bus every day. Travelling by bus is fun).
Post-lesson
4.2 Writing
6. Choose a post-lesson task which reviews language learning and/or the content of
4.2.3
Communicate the listening texts.
basic information Describe basic
intelligibly for a everyday routines
range of purposes
in print and digital
media

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 134


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
__
LESSON: 92 (Speaking 18) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Getting around CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Financial LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Imperative forms.
Education

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up activity. Activity 1 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Speaking Speaking Lesson delivery Student’s Book Please see the seven
(page 65) and differentiation strategies
2.2 2.2.2 Teacher’s Book
2. Teacher prepares a set of instructions to create a model transport. Ensure that listed in the introduction.
Use appropriate Check steps the instructions include materials and steps needed for the project. (pages 100 & 101) Please also consider the
communication needed to complete 3. Teacher inform pupils that they are going to create their favourite transports. following:
strategies short classroom Follow the instructions in Activity 1. Before they begin the project, get pupils to In stages of the lesson
tasks check the steps needed to complete the project with the pupil next to them. Teacher which develop the main
provides questions for pupils to check the steps, i.e. ‘What is step 1? What do we do and complementary skills,
next?’ make sure that all pupils
Complementary Complementary 4. Get pupils to complete their favourite transport. Pupils will present their transports have the opportunity to
Skill participate. Different types
Skill and explain the steps they took to create it. Teacher supports by adding connectors and amount of support can
Speaking Speaking such as ‘First, Second...’. be given to less proficient
Post-lesson pupils.
2.1 2.1.3
5. Review vocabulary used in this activity using post-lesson tasks.
Give a longer
Communicate sequence of basic
simple information instructions or
intelligibly directions

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 135


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
__
LESSON: 93 (Reading 18) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: Getting around CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of language from
:

previous lessons.

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list which introduces the story and pre-teach key Student’s Book according to the needs
of your pupils and
Reading Reading vocabulary from the story that is new to the pupils. (pages 66-67) and class. Please see the
3.3 3.3.1 Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book seven differentiation
(pages 102-103) strategies listed in the
Read Read and enjoy 2. Show the pictures from the story, one by one. The pictures should be in random Large-sized introduction.
independently for A1 fiction/non- order. Elicit from pupils some details about the pictures. Introduce the characters and pictures from the
information and fiction print and the main background to the story at this stage. story
enjoyment digital texts of 3. Ask pupils to decide in pairs on the correct order of the pictures. They note their
interest answer in their books. Play the CD of the story (CD2, Track 16) and have pupils listen
if they arranged the pictures correctly.
Complementary 4. Have pupils read the story quietly from the student’s book. Ask for pupils’ reactions

Skill Complementary
to the story – Did they enjoy it? This isn’t the end of the story – how do they feel about
Skill
Speaking finding out what happens?
2.3 Speaking 5. Have pupils use the pictures to narrate the story to each other in pairs.

Communicate 2.3.1 6. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the after reading stage. Include story

appropriately to a Narrate short narration at this stage, perhaps using the pictures only.
small or large basic stories Post-lesson
group
7. Choose a post-lesson task which reviews the story.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 136


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
__
LESSON: 94 (Writing 18) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: Getting around CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of language from
:

Imagination previous lessons.

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Optional: Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow instructions for Warm Up and Vocabulary on Teacher’s Book page 99. Get Smart Plus 4 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Writing Writing Lesson delivery Student’s Book class. Please see the
seven differentiation
4.2 4.2.1 (page 64) and
2. Follow instructions for Activity 1. strategies listed in the
Teacher’s Book
Communicate Explain and give 3. Teacher prepares an advertisement that shows different types of public (page 99) introduction.
basic information reasons for simple transportation, prices for each ticket and time these transports leave to a tourist Pupils will need a lot of
intelligibly for a opinions attraction (e.g., Melaka, Zoo Negara, KL Tower). individual support in
range of purposes this lesson. It is
in print and digital 4. Get pupils to work in pairs to decide which public transportation they would important to work with
media Complementary choose by describing the transportation and give simple reasons for their choice in both more and less
Complementary Skill their notebook. proficient pupils to help
them work to the best
Skill Post-lesson
Writing of their ability. Allow
Writing 4.2.4 5. Conduct a gallery walk for pupils to share their work. pairs to support each
other as much as
4.2 Describe people possible.
Communicate and objects using Provide plenty of
basic information suitable statements positive feedback and
intelligibly for a avoid too much
range of purposes marking of errors on
in print and digital pupils’ writing. Focus
media on recent target
language when
highlighting mistakes.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 137


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
__

LESSON: 95 (Language Arts 18) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: The King of Kites CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Vocabulary (words of
:

Innovation encouragement)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre lesson The King of Kites Differentiate
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Introduce pupils to samples of notes of encouragement. Contemporary learning according
to the needs of your
Children’s
5.3 5.3.1 2. Ask pupils when do they give it and why. pupils and class.
Literature (CCL)
Please see the
Express an Respond 3. List pupils’ answers on the board. Teaching
seven differentiation
imaginative imaginatively and Guidebook (BPK) strategies listed in
response literary intelligibly through – Short story
the introduction.
texts creating simple Lesson delivery Please also
picture stories,
consider the
simple poems and 4. Follow instructions on page 60 for the activity. following (Strategy
Complementary cartoon stories. 5. Distribute Worksheets 10(a) (page 62) and Worksheet 10(b) (page 63). 7):
Skill Complementary
Feedback given to
Writing Skill pupils should be
Writing Post lesson varied according to
4.3 their ability to act on
Communicate 4.3.3 Produce a 6. Check answers through individual and whole class feedback. the feedback.
plan or draft of one
with appropriate
paragraph for a
language form
familiar topic and Note: Teacher may refer to page 64 for optional activity (role play)
and style for a
modify this
range of purposes
appropriately in
in print and digital
response to
media
feedback

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 138


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 6)
__
LESSON: 96 (Language Awareness 5) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Awareness THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: Getting around CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of language from
Unit 6

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Language Language Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Awareness Awareness lessons 1. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Warm up activity. Revision 6 according to the needs of
lessons should be should be your pupils and class. Please
presented and presented and Lesson delivery Student’s Book see the seven differentiation
practised using a practised using a (page 70) and
strategies listed in the
main skill and main skill and 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activities 1 to 3. You could Teacher’s Book introduction. Please also
complementary complementary skill also use the Optional activity in the Teacher’s Book. (page 106) Self- consider the following:
skill (Listening, (Listening, 3. Plan any further activities for this lesson to develop language skills assessment
Speaking, Speaking, Reading worksheet *Most pupils will be able to
Reading or or Writing). according to your pupils’ needs. You can use information about your pupils’ complete the self-
Writing). Teachers Teachers can use performance which you collected using formative assessment strategies while assessment worksheet with
can use Year 4 Year 4 Content and teaching this unit. The information could include your observation of pupils just a little support. Continue
Content and Learning Standards interacting in classroom activities and their performance in written activities. to explain the criteria to
Learning in DSKP curriculum Plan activities which focus on language practice in a meaningful, fun and pupils so they understand
Standards in document. communicative way. them clearly.
DSKP curriculum Post-lesson Support pupils where
document. 4. Ask pupils to think about their learning and performance in this unit. They needed and allow pupils to
write in their own language if
then complete the self-assessment worksheet (see below and note in
necessary. You could then
differentiation strategies column).
help them to express
5. Collect the worksheets from pupils and review them to note pupils’ themselves in English.
responses. If there are any areas of concern, prepare a review of these in
upcoming lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 139


How did I do in Unit 6? Put ✔ next to Great, OK, or A little.

In English, I know how to…

…talk about street safety Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…tell the time Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…talk about transport and vehicles Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…talk about prices and schedules Great ____ OK ____ A little

____

 I’m proud of myself because I ____________________________________ very well.

 In the next unit, I will ____________________________________ better / more.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 140


Unit 7
SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
__

LESSON: 97 (Listening 19) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Helping out CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Patriotism LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Transitive verbs: e.g. help +
object pronoun me/him/her/etc.

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Introduce the topic of ‘helping out’ using one of the activities from the pre-lesson Activity 1 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Listening Listening tasks. Student’s Book Please see the seven
1.2 1.2.2 Lesson delivery (page 71) and differentiation strategies
Teacher’s Book listed in the introduction.
Understand Understand with 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up and Vocabulary (Track (page 108) Please also consider the
meaning in a support specific 20). following:
variety of familiar information and 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1 (Track 21). Some pupils will need
contexts details of longer guidance with the
Complementary simple texts 4. Ask pupils to find the words ‘give you a hand’, ‘hurry up’ and ‘getting dark’ in the complementary skill for this
text in the Student’s Book. Pupils decide on the meaning of these words, based on lesson. Remember to vary
Skill the context of the song. your questions so that you
Reading Complementary 5. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the TPR activity. can support the
3.2 Skill understanding of less
Reading 6. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Optional 2 activity. proficient pupils, and ask
Understand a Post-lesson more proficient pupils to
help explain this reading
variety of linear 3.2.3 7. Choose a post-lesson task to review and consolidate learning. strategy.
and non-linear
print and digital Guess the meaning
texts by using of unfamiliar words
appropriate from clues provided
reading strategies by title and topic

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 141


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
LESSON: 98 (Speaking 19) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
__

TOPIC: Helping out CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Patriotism LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Transitive verbs: e.g. help +
WEEK:

object pronoun me/him/her/etc.; Past simple review; Present


continuous review

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Play the song from Lesson 97 (Track 21) again and have pupils mime as they Activity 2 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Speaking Speaking listen. They can sing along with the song if they wish. Student’s Book Please see the seven
2.1 2.1.5 Lesson delivery (page 71) and differentiation strategies
Teacher’s Book listed in the introduction.
Communicate Describe people, 2. Review vocabulary by following instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the (pages 108 – 109) Please also consider the
simple information and objects using Optional 1 activity. following:
intelligibly suitable statements 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2 (Cursive Writing). Spend time before stage 5
4. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3 (Track 22) to review the of this lesson reviewing key
vocabulary. Some pupils
usage of Present Continuous Tense. will remember it well, but
5. Have pupils do a speaking activity in pairs or small groups where they talk about others may have more
Complementary Complementary difficulty. Use the board to
an experience of helping someone. For example, pupils could mime a short sketch
Skill Skill keep a record of the
to a group, who guess what they did – e.g. You helped him clear the table. Use this
vocabulary you are
Speaking Speaking opportunity to review some vocabulary from earlier units, as well as the past tense.
reviewing so that pupils
2.1 2.1.2 Post-lesson can refer to it during the
6. Review and/or reflect on learning using an activity from the post-lesson tasks. activity.
Communicate Find out about and
simple information describe
intelligibly experiences in the
past

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 142


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
__
LESSON: 99 (Reading 19) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: Helping out CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Questions with Whose..?;
:

Innovation Personal possessive pronouns: e.g. mine/yours

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Introduce the theme of camping using realia (where possible) and/or an activity Activity 1 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Reading Reading from the pre-lesson tasks. Student’s Book Please see the seven
3.3 3.3.1 Lesson delivery and Teacher’s differentiation strategies
Book (page 110). listed in the introduction.
Read Read and enjoy A1 2. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up and Vocabulary (Track Camping realia if Please also consider the
independently for fiction/non-fiction 23). possible. following:
information and print and digital 3. Follow the first three instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1 (Track 24). Some pupils will be more
enjoyment texts of interest 4. Ask pupils whether they have any camping experiences. If not, ask them how creative than others in
Stage 5. Monitor and
they might feel if they were to go camping. Share some ideas about camping related help individual pupils and
to the story. groups develop their
5. Follow the remaining instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1. Have pupils ideas and with the
Complementary Complementary language they need to
change the content of the story (e.g. the children find a different animal in their
Skill Skill express them.
sleeping bag/tent).
Listening Listening 6. Divide pupils into groups to act out the story read. – Activity 2, Teacher’s Book

1.2 1.2.3 Post-lesson

Understand Understand with 7. Choose a post-lesson task which asks pupils to evaluate their performance.
meaning in a support short simple
variety of familiar narratives on a
contexts range of familiar
topics

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 143


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
LESSON: 100 (Writing 19) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Stories
__

TOPIC: Helping out CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Questions with Whose..?;
WEEK:

personal possessive pronouns :e.g. mine/yours; possessive


apostrophe ‘s; personal object pronouns: e.g. me/him

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Writing Writing 1. Review the story using a short whole class quiz. Activity 3 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
4.3 4.3.1 Lesson delivery Student’s Book Please see the seven
(page 73) and differentiation strategies
Communicate Use capital letters, Teacher’s Book
2. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Grammar Box. Use examples from listed in the introduction.
with appropriate full stops, question the text to support this. (page 111). Please also consider the
language form marks and commas following:
and style for a in lists appropriately 3. Review the possessive’s (e.g. Mei’s bag) with an explanation and short activity. You may need to spend
range of purposes in guided writing at Focus in particular on punctuation that makes it different from the plural s (e.g. three
in print and digital discourse level bananas). Include an activity to differentiate these, if necessary. more time reviewing the
media Complementary 4. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3. Remind pupils to use possessive ‘s, and to
contrast the pronouns in
Complementary Skill capital letters and full stops. this sequence of lessons
Skill Reading 5. Draw attention to the difference between the pronouns in this lesson and in earlier (mine/his etc.) with those
in the previous one
Reading lessons. Plan an interactive reading and/or writing activity to contrast these.
3.2.2 (me/him etc.). Plan extra
3.2 Understand specific Post-lesson time to help pupils
6. Choose a post-lesson task to review and consolidate the language covered in this understand the difference
Understand a information and with these and give
variety of linear details of simple lesson. individual support where
and non-linear texts of one or two necessary.
print and digital paragraphs
texts by using
appropriate
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 144


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
__
LESSON: 101 (Language Arts 19) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
:WEEK

TOPIC: Graphic Novel – The Jungle Book CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Vocabulary
Innovation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Year 4 Graphic Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-Lesson Novel – The according to the needs of
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Ask pupils to talk about the front and back covers of the book. Jungle Book your pupils and class.
Please see the seven
Contemporary
e.g.: the attire, facial expression of the boy and the setting, author, blurb, etc. differentiation strategies
5.2 5.2.1 Children’s
2. Elicit pupils’ understanding from the title of the book. listed in the introduction.
Express personal Say in simple words Literature Please also consider the
Teaching
responses to and phrases how a following:
Guidebook (BPK)
literary texts text makes them Lesson delivery
- Graphic Novel Depending on the needs
feel 3. Follow the instructions in the Teaching Guidebook page 27 (Steps 1 – 3). and level of your pupils,
4. Get pupils to talk about the characteristics of the animals. you could extend the
5. Have pupils guess the relationships between the animals. vocabulary in this lesson
Complementary by asking pupils about
Complementary Skill the subjects that they
Skill Post – Lesson cover in their weekly time
Speaking table.
Speaking
6. Have pupils draw their favourite animal(s) that live in the jungle.
2.1 2.1.5 Strategy 3: Differentiate
7. Get pupils to share their feelings about their animal(s)
Describe people, by the outcome expected
Communicate and objects using from pupils
simple information suitable statements
intelligibly

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 145


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
LESSON: 102 (Listening 20) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
__

TOPIC: Helping out CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Questions with Whose…?
WEEK:

Values & Which…?; Personal possessive pronouns: e.g. mine/yours;


possessive ‘s

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning according to
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task to review the camping theme. Activity 4 the needs of your pupils and
class. Please see the seven
Listening Listening Lesson delivery Student’s Book differentiation strategies listed in
(page 73) and the introduction. Please also
1.2 1.2.2 Teacher’s Book
2. Review language and grammar focus (Possessive ‘s) from the activity in consider the following:
Understand Understand with the previous lesson or other similar activities. (page 111). A range of language forms are
meaning in a support specific 3. Set the scene for the listening activity and review key vocabulary using covered in this lesson, which may
variety of familiar information and the flashcards. be confusing for some pupils. If
contexts details of longer some pupils become confused,
simple texts 4. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 4 (Track 25). avoid complicated language
5. Ask pupils to give feedback on the answers in pairs and ask pupils to explanations and use plenty of
pupils’ own ideas to make
explain their answers using descriptive language.
Complementary example sentences (and
Complementary
Skill 6. Ask pupils to do a guessing activity in pairs using pictures story or questions) which clearly show the
Skill Speaking activities in the Student’s Book to ask and answer questions using the difference between the grammar
Speaking target language. Alternatively, you could prepare some different materials points. Use the board and leave
for this activity. examples of language on the
2.1.5
2.1 board. Pair more proficient pupils
Post-lesson with less proficient pupils so that
Describe people,
Communicate and objects using 7. Choose a post-lesson task to finish the lesson in a fun way and review they can support them in addition
simple information suitable statements language. to your support.
intelligibly

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 146


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
__
LESSON: 103 (Speaking 20) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Helping out CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Questions with Whose…?;
Personal possessive pronouns (e.g. mine/his)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task to review vocabulary for classroom items (e.g. Activity 5 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Speaking Speaking notebooks, pens, rulers etc.). Student’s Book Please see the seven
2.1 2.1.5 Lesson delivery (page 73) and differentiation strategies
Teacher’s Book listed in the introduction.
Communicate Describe people, 2. Collect some items from pupils (e.g. pens, notebook, etc.). Use the items to ask page 111 Please also consider the
simple information and objects using Whose… is this? for pupils to answer It’s mine. following:
intelligibly suitable statements 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 5 (Track 26). Depending on the level of

4. Have pupils do a further practice activity in pairs or small groups. You could ask your pupils, you could
pupils to draw something which is theirs on a piece of paper. Their review the question from
group/classmates then have to guess whose it is. Activity 3 (Which..?) in
Complementary Complementary stage 2, and include this
5. Finish the main part of the lesson with an activity to focus on the vocabulary you language in the pairwork
Skill Skill
have reviewed in this lesson. activity. Consider doing
Listening Listening Post-lesson this for all pupils or for
more proficient pupils
1.2 1.2.5
6. Choose a post-lesson task to consolidate learning in this lesson, such as an error only.
Understand Understand longer correction activity.
meaning in a supported questions
variety of familiar
contexts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 147


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
__
LESSON: 104 Reading (20) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: Helping out CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Environmental LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Indefinite pronouns: e.g.
Sustainability someone/ everything

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Reading Reading 1. Introduce the topic of recycling using an activity from the pre-lesson task Activities 1-2 according to the needs of your
pupils and class. Please see
3.2 3.2.1 list. Student’s Book the seven differentiation
Understand a Understand the Lesson delivery (pages 74-75) and strategies listed in the
Teacher’s Book introduction. Please also
variety of linear main idea of simple 2. Use the flashcard for ‘recycle’ to elicit materials that can be recycled. Ask (pages 112 – 113). consider the following:
and non-linear texts of one or two pupils what they recycle. Sentences (in strips
print and digital paragraphs If this topic is not appropriate
texts by using 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up and or on a worksheet): in your context, you could
appropriate Vocabulary (Track 27) as necessary. paragraph headings replace this text, or broaden it
reading strategies Complementary 4. Show pupils the paragraph headings (These could be as questions, e.g. for the text so that it addresses issues
local to you and your pupils.
Complementary Skill What is recycling? / What can we recycle? / How can we recycle?)
Skill Reading Allow pupils to work in pairs for
5. Have pupils read the text about recycling and match the paragraphs to reading activities so that they
Reading 3.2.2 the headings. can share their ideas and
3.2 6. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1 (Track 28). understanding.
Understand specific If the complete text is too long
Understand a information and 7. Including examples from the text, follow instructions in the Teacher’s
for your pupils, consider
variety of linear details of simple Book for Grammar Box. modifying the heading
and non-linear texts of one or two 8. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2 (Teacher’s Book). matching task so that pupils
print and digital paragraphs only read one paragraph each
texts by using Post-lesson and match it to a heading.
appropriate 9. Choose a post-lesson task which consolidates learning in this lesson.
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 148


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
LESSON: 105 (Writing 20) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
__

TOPIC: Helping out CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Environmental LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Indefinite pronouns (e.g.
WEEK:

Sustainability someone, everything); present tense review; adverbs of


frequency review

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Writing Writing 1. Choose a pre-lesson task which reviews the theme of recycling. Activities 3-4 according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
4.2 4.2.3 Lesson delivery Student’s Book see the seven differentiation
page 75 and strategies listed in the
Communicate Describe basic Teacher’s Book
2. Have pupils play a spelling game to review and consolidate the spelling of the introduction. Please also
basic information everyday routines indefinite pronouns. page 113. consider the following:
intelligibly for a
range of purposes 3. Review the target language by repeating steps of Grammar Box (see Plan plenty of support in the
in print and digital instructions in the Teacher’s Book). writing activity for pupils who
media 4. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3. need it. Have pupils work on
Complementary Complementary their own as much as
Skill 5. Have pupils do an interactive, communicative writing activity where they write possible, so that you can
Skill monitor and evaluate their
about their own recycling habits. For example, pupils could write true and false
Writing language progress, but allow
Writing sentences about what, when and how they recycle (e.g. I always recycle every
them to seek help from their
4.3.2 glass bottle I use.) / Everyone in my family puts bottles in the recycling bin). Note
4.3 classmates as well as from
the use of present simple for routines. Other pupils read the sentences and decide
Spell most high which are true/false. you. Encourage them to use
Communicate English for this.
frequency words
with appropriate accurately in 6. At the end of the lesson, follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 4
language form guided writing (Track 29), if time allows.
and style for a Post-lesson
range of purposes
in print and digital 7. Talk to pupils more about recycling as an environmental concern. Find out what
media
pupils can do more of to help global or local problems with rubbish and recycling.
This may be in their first language, but try to include English where possible.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 149


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
LESSON: 106 (Language Arts 20)
__ WEEK:

CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Simple Past Tense


TOPIC: Graphic Novel – The Jungle Book

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Year 4 Graphic Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-Lesson Novel – The according to the needs
Jungle Book of your pupils and
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Play sounds of the five animals that they have learnt from the previous Language Contemporary class. Please see the
Arts lesson. seven differentiation
5.2 5.2.1 Children’s
strategies listed in the
2. Get pupils to name the animals and mimic the sounds. Literature
Express personal Say in simple words introduction. Please
Teaching
responses to and phrases how a Lesson delivery also consider the
Guidebook (BPK)
literary texts text makes them following:
- Graphic Novel
feel 3. Have pupils read Chapters 1 & 2.
4. Explore the features in the graphic novel. (Teaching Guidebook pages 6-12) Strategy 2: Differentiate
by the type and amount
Complementary 5. Get pupils to sit in groups to retell the plot of the story in Chapters 1 & 2. of support provided
Complementary Skill Post – Lesson
Skill Strategy 3: Differentiate
Speaking Speaking 6. Have pupils predict the storyline in the following chapter. by the outcome
expected from pupils
2.1 2.1.4 7. Get pupils to share their predictions and state the reason(s).
Communicate Give reasons for
simple information
simple predictions
intelligibly

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 150


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
__
LESSON: 107 (Listening 21) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: Helping out CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of forms from
:

recent learning

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Show one of the pictures from Part One of the story (and find out what pupils Student’s Book according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
Listening Listening remember about the story. (pages 66-67) and see the seven differentiation
1.2 1.2.3 Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
(pages 118 – 119) introduction. Please also
Understand Understand with 2. Have pupils put in order the pictures from Part 1 of the story and retell the Pictures from consider the following:
meaning in a support short simple story in pairs. Then use instructions from Warm up to fully review part one of story and an Provide support for pupils
variety of familiar narratives on a the story. alternative story who need it while listening.
contexts range of familiar 3. If pupils wrote a story ending in Lesson 94 for The Lost Boy 1, ask them to ending You could use the pictures
topics re-read their writing to remember their predictions. Prepare an alternative from the story to help pupils
ending to the story and give it out to pupils who did not pre-write a story see the basic storyline
ending. Make sure pupils understand the alternative ending before the next before they listen or to pre-
Complementary Complementary stage. teach any important
Skill 4. Play the CD of the story. Have pupils listen to find similarities between the vocabulary. Encourage
Skill pupils to close their eyes
Reading Reading story and their predictions. while they listen. This will
5. Pupils read the story to check again. Have them read together while sitting help some pupils
3.3 3.3.1 concentrate, especially those
comfortably. Have pupils talk about the story together. This is a free speaking
Read and enjoy A1 who are easily distracted.
activity – Pupils may use some of their first language. Monitor and support
Read
fiction/non-fiction them, helping them to express themselves in English.
independently for print and digital
information and texts of interest 6. Enhance listening activity by playing the CD (Track 32) and then get the
enjoyment pupils to answer comprehension questions. Some comprehension questions
are available in the after reading activity in the Teacher’s Book .

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 151


Post-lesson

7. Follow instructions for the post-reading activity in the Teacher’s Book

Ask pupils to bring empty jars, boxes, plastic and other containers from home
to the next lesson.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 152


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)

LESSON: 108 (Speaking 21) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
__ WEEK:

TOPIC: Helping out CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Entrepreneurship LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of imperative verbs
CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION
STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Review the topic of recycling, emphasising the idea of ‘reuse’ ’ (when we Student’s Book according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
Speaking Speaking make something into something else). (pages 76 and 77) see the seven differentiation
2.1 2.1.3 Lesson delivery and Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
(page 116). introduction. Please also
Communicate Give a longer 2. Follow instructions for Warm up in the Teacher’s Book. Empty containers consider the following:
simple information sequence of basic 3. Follow instructions for Activity 1. (supplied by you Many pupils will need a
intelligibly instructions or and/or pupils) model of language to present
directions 5. Based on the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2, have pupils Scissors, glue, etc. their work. It is a good idea
make something new with their containers. They can work in pairs. Note that to prepare something
this will leave some containers spare. Save them for a later lesson. yourself so that you can
Complementary Complementary 6. Have pupils work in groups to present what they made (based on Teacher’s model the show and tell
Skill book, Activity 3). They should explain the process of making it (e.g. First, (you) language.
Skill
wash the container, then (you) paint it.), as well as describing what it was and Ask pupils questions about
Speaking
Speaking how to use it now. their work when they
2.2 2.2.2 7. When pupils have finished, they should ask questions to their friends to present, so that you ask
simple questions to give
Check steps check the steps to reuse the containers.
confidence to less proficient
Use appropriate needed to complete Post-lesson pupils and more complex
communication
short classroom questions to those who are
strategies tasks 7. Choose a post-lesson task which evaluates and gives feedback on pupils’ more proficient or confident.
work in this lesson.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 153


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
__
LESSON: 109 (Reading 21) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: Helping out CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Entrepreneurship / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of forms from
Financial Education recent learning

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson A short, simple Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a suitable pre-lesson task to introduce the theme of the lesson. text. according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
Reading Reading Lesson delivery You may need to see the seven differentiation
develop more strategies listed in the
3.2 3.2.4 materials for this
2, To begin the main lesson, include an activity which develops pupils’ skills at introduction. Please also
Understand a Recognise and use using a monolingual dictionary (e.g. a dictionary race using words needed in the lesson, see consider the following:
lesson). learning outline
variety of linear with little or no and the learning Differentiate through the
and non-linear support key 3. Find or write a short, simple text about a recycling or another environmental standards. support you give in preparing
print and digital features of a simple project in your local area. Focus on the cross-curricular elements in this lesson, pupils for the reading text
texts by using monolingual i.e. talk about the financial impact as well as entrepreneurship of this project, and Monolingual and the time you give for
appropriate dictionary include a range of different language that has been covered recently and in dictionaries reading.
reading strategies Complementary earlier units. Ensure that language used is suitable for pupils’ proficiency level You could share the words
Complementary Skill (avoid using words like entrepreneurship; financial, sustainability, which are for the dictionary activity so
Skill above the level). that faster pupils check more
Reading 4. Ask two or three gist questions before pupils read the text. words than those who find
Reading dictionaries challenging.
3.2.1
5. Follow up the reading with an activity that is related to the topic and which Make sure to check all pupils
3.2
Understand the asks for pupils’ personal response to the text. understand the dictionary
Understand a main idea of simple Post-lesson definitions of the words.
variety of linear texts of one or two
and non-linear paragraphs 6. Choose an appropriate post-lesson task to review and consolidate or evaluate
print and digital learning (language and/or content) in this lesson.
texts by using
appropriate
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 154


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
LESSON: 110 (Writing 21)
__ WEEK:

CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of question forms


TOPIC: Helping out
CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION
STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Optional activity. Student’s Book according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Writing Writing Lesson delivery and Teacher’s Please see the seven
Book (page 115). differentiation strategies
4.3 4.3.1
2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Vocabulary (Track 31) and Board game listed in the introduction.
Communicate Use capital letters, review other key vocabulary at this stage. templates Please also consider the
with appropriate full stops, question 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Grammar box. Student’s Book following:
language form marks and commas (page 76). Some pupils may
and style for a in lists appropriately 4. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1. dominate group work. Set
range of purposes in guided writing at 5. Give each group a board game template. Groups make a new board game by the task so that each
in print and digital discourse level Coins pupil should write at least
writing questions in each space. Remind pupils to punctuate and use capital letters
media 2 questions (for example)
Complementary carefully on their board game.
on the board. This will
Complementary Skill
6. Pupils play their games in their groups. ensure each pupil has
Skill
Reading practice.
Post-lesson
Reading
3.2.2
7. Choose a suitable Post-lesson task from the list, which asks pupils to reflect on
3.2
Understand specific their learning in this sequence of lessons.
Understand a information and
variety of linear details of short
and non-linear simple texts
print and digital
texts by using
appropriate
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 155


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
__
LESSON: 111 (Language Arts 21) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
:WEEK

TOPIC: Graphic Novel – The Jungle Book CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Simple Past Tense
Innovation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-Lesson Year 4 Graphic Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Get pupils to recap Chapters 1 & 2 of the story from the previous Language Arts Novel – The according to the needs of
Language Arts Language Arts lesson. Jungle Book your pupils and class.
2. Have pupils share their predictions from the previous Language Arts lesson. Contemporary Please see the seven
differentiation strategies
5.3 5.3.1 Lesson delivery Children’s listed in the introduction.
Literature
Express an Respond Please also consider the
Teaching
imaginative imaginatively and 3. Have pupils read Chapters 3 & 4. following:
Guidebook (BPK)
response to intelligibly through 4. Follow the instructions in the Teaching Guidebook page 35 & 36. (Steps 1 – 7). - Graphic Novel Strategy 2: Differentiate
literary texts creating simple
picture stories, Note: Use pictures from Chapters 1 to 4. by the type and amount
simple poems and of support provided
cartoon stories 5. Check the sequence of the pictures.
Complementary Post – Lesson

Skill Complementary 6. Provide pupils with four random pictures from Chapter 5. (The Jungle Book)
Speaking Skill 7. Get pupils to predict the sequence of the pictures.

2.1 Speaking 8. Have pupils share their predictions and state the reason(s).

Communicate 2.1.4
simple information Give reasons for
intelligibly simple predictions

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 156


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 7)
__
LESSON: 112 (Language Awareness 6) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Awareness THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Helping out CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of language from
Unit 7

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Language Language Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus Differentiate learning
Awareness Awareness lessons
4 according to the needs of
lessons should be should be 1. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Warm up activity.
your pupils and class. Please
presented and presented and Revision 7 see the seven differentiation
practised using a practised using a Lesson delivery Student’s Book strategies listed in the
main skill and a main skill and a and Teacher’s
2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activities 1 to 3. You could introduction. Please also
complementary complementary skill Book (page
also use the Optional activity in the Teacher’s Book. consider the following:
skill (Listening, (Listening, 120).
Speaking, Speaking, Reading 3. Plan any further activities for this lesson to develop language skills according Self-assessment *Most pupils will be able to
Reading or or Writing). to your pupils’ needs. You can use information about your pupils’ performance complete the self-
Writing). Teachers Teachers can use which you collected using formative assessment strategies while teaching this worksheet assessment worksheet with
can use Year 4 Year 4 Content and unit. The information could include your observation of pupils interacting in just a little support. Continue
Content and Learning Standards classroom activities and their performance in written activities. Plan activities to explain the criteria to
Learning in DSKP curriculum which focus on language practice in a meaningful, fun and communicative way. pupils so they understand
Standards in document. Post-lesson them clearly.
DSKP curriculum Support pupils where
document.
4. Ask pupils to think about their learning and performance in this unit. They then needed and allow pupils to
complete the self-assessment worksheet (see below and note in differentiation write in their own language if
strategies column). necessary. You could then
5. Collect the worksheets from pupils and review them to note pupils’ responses. help them to express
themselves in English.
If there are any areas of concern, prepare a review of these in upcoming
lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 157


How did I do in Unit 7? Put ✔ next to Great, OK, or A little.

In English, I know how to…

Great ____ OK ____ A little ____


…talk about helping people
Great ____ OK ____ A little ____
…talk about what people have (possession)
Great ____ OK ____ A little ____
…talk about recycling and the environment

 I’m proud of myself because I ____________________________________ very well.

In the next unit, I will ____________________________________ better / more.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 158


Unit 8
SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__

LESSON: 113 (Listening 22) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Amazing animals CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Comparative adjective
:

Values forms: adjective + -er than

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task to elicit from pupils the animals they already know. Activity 1 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Listening Listening Lesson delivery Student’s Book Please see the seven
(page 81) and differentiation strategies
1.2 1.2.5 Teacher’s Book
2. Make flash cards to introduce new animals (use pictures of animals from Activity listed in the introduction.
Understand Understand longer 1). Stick the pictures on the whiteboard and ask pupils to tell you what they know (page122)
meaning in a supported questions about these animals. Pictures of the
variety of familiar 3. Point to the picture of the camels. Write ‘hump’ on the board. Have pupils guess animals
contexts what this word means and other words related to the animals such as ‘heavy’,
Complementary ‘strong’, ‘big’, ‘fast’ and ‘small’.
Skill 4. Read aloud the quiz questions from Activity 1 on page 81 and get a few pupils to
Complementary
Listening guess the answers by pointing to the correct pictures on the whiteboard. You may
Skill
1.3.1 add other questions related to the pictures. Focus on the adjectives to describe the
Listening animals. Post-lesson
1.3 Guess the meaning 5. Choose a post-lesson activity which consolidates vocabulary in this lesson.
of unfamiliar words
Use appropriate from clues provided
listening by knowledge of the
strategies in a topic
variety of contexts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 159


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__
LESSON: 114 (Speaking 22) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Amazing animals CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Comparative adjective
:

forms: adjective + -er than; Comparative questions

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task to review the spelling of animal words. You could use Activity 2 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Speaking Speaking the pictures of animals from the previous lesson in this activity. Student’s Book class. Please see the
2.1 2.1.5 Lesson delivery and Teacher’s seven differentiation
Book strategies listed in the
Communicate Describe people, 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2. Pictures of introduction. Please
simple information and objects using 3. Have pupils write animal names on cards. Insist on correct spelling; have pupils animals they also consider the
following:
intelligibly suitable statements check spelling in a dictionary or in the Student’s Book. learned in Lesson
4. Have pupils play a speaking game to compare animals using the cards they have 113 Give pupils plenty of
Blank cards time to write the words
just made based on the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Optional activity. on the cards. If they are
Complementary Complementary Post-lesson Monolingual unsure of the spelling,
dictionaries encourage them to
Skill Skill 5. Review areas of learning that pupils had difficulty with in this lesson, especially if check in the dictionary
Writing Writing related to the main or complementary skills. or the Student’s Book
rather than ask for help.
4.3 4.3.2 This is a useful skill for
all pupils. Less
Communicate Spell most high proficient pupils may
with appropriate frequency words write fewer cards than
language form accurately in guided more proficient ones.
and style for a writing
range of purposes
in print and digital
media

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 160


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__
LESSON: 115 (Reading 22) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Stories
:WEEK

TOPIC: Amazing animals CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Comparative adjective
forms: adjective + -er / more + adjective + than

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task using the picture of the dinosaur to introduce the topic Activity 1 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Reading Reading and find out what pupils know. Student’s Book class. Please see the
3.2 3.2.4 Lesson delivery (page 82) and seven differentiation
Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
Understand a Recognise and use 2. Review adjectives and animals by asking pupils to compare the dinosaur to some (pages 124 & 125) introduction. Please
variety of linear with little or no of the animals. This could be a pairwork activity. Focus on short adjectives (one or Picture of a also consider the
and non-linear support key two syllables adjectives) and draw attention to the –er ending (refer to Grammar Box dinosaur following:
print and digital features of a simple on pg.81). Many pupils should be
texts by using monolingual Animal pictures
3. Ask pupils to read the text in the Student’s Book and write any new words in their able to use the
appropriate dictionary notebooks. Monolingual monolingual dictionary
reading strategies 4. Have pupils check the new words in the dictionary. Facilitate and assist pupils dictionaries independently by now.
Have pupils do this
Complementary when they are using the dictionary. activity on their own
Complementary Skill 5. Follow the relevant instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1. and offer individual
Skill Speaking support to pupils who
Speaking Post-lesson still need it.
2.1.5 6. Choose or adapt an activity from the post lesson tasks which reviews the text.

2.1 Describe people,

Communicate and objects using


simple information suitable statements
intelligibly

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 161


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__
LESSON: 116 (Writing 22) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Amazing animals CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS Comparative adjective
:

forms: adjective + -er / more + adjective + than

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Play a game to brainstorm adjectives to compare animals and dinosaurs. Activity 2 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Writing Writing Lesson delivery Student’s Book class. Please see the
(page 82) and seven differentiation
4.2 4.2.4 Teacher’s Book
2. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Grammar Box. Compare short and strategies listed in the
Communicate Describe people long comparative adjectives. Include an extra activity here if your pupils would (pages 124 & 125) introduction. Please
basic information and objects using benefit from it. Animals & also consider the
intelligibly for a suitable statements 3. Have pupils write a description of an animal on one side of the paper using a dinosaur following:
range of purposes comparative adjective. On the other side, they write the name of the animal. Another flashcards Some pupils may not
in print and digital group of pupils can try to guess the animal by reading the clue, then checking their Blank cards be aware about
media answer on the other side of the card. syllables in words
Complementary 4. Optional: Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2. before, so introduce the
Complementary concept to them. Tell
Skill
Skill them that syllables are
Post-lesson
Writing parts of a word, the
Writing
5. Finish the lesson with a post-lesson task which asks pupils to reflect on their number of "chunks" that
4.3
4.3.2 learning in this sequence of lessons. a word breaks into
Communicate when you say it.
Spell most high
with appropriate
frequency words
language form
accurately in guided
and style for a
writing
range of purposes
in print and digital
media

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 162


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__
LESSON: 117 (Language Arts 22) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
:WEEK

TOPIC: Graphic Novel – The Jungle Book CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Adjectives
Innovation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Year 4 Graphic Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-Lesson Novel – The according to the needs
Language Arts Language Arts Jungle Book of your pupils and
1. Elicit responses from pupils pertaining to the characters of the story. (e.g. their Contemporary class. Please see the
relationships, feelings, deeds) seven differentiation
5.2 5.2.1 Children’s
strategies listed in the
Express personal Say in simple words Lesson delivery Literature introduction. Please
Teaching
responses to and phrases how a also consider the
2. Have pupils recap Chapters 1 to 4 and then read Chapter 5. Guidebook (BPK)
literary texts text makes them following:
- Graphic Novel
feel 3. On page 63 of The Jungle Book, in pairs, pupils discuss their opinions on what
would happen to Mowgli next. Strategy 6: Differentiate
Complementary
4. Get pupils to rearrange the 5 strips of synopsis and write Mowgli’s feelings in by the types of question
Skill Complementary asked
each strip. (Teaching Guidebook pages 33 – 34)
Skill
Speaking Note: Remove the chapter number of each strip.
2.1 Speaking Strategy 7: Differentiate
Post – Lesson
Communicate 2.1.1 by the feedback given
5. Have pupils share their thoughts and feelings about the whole story.
simple information Explain and give
intelligibly reasons for basic
opinions

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 163


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__
LESSON: 118 (Listening 23) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Amazing animals CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Global LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of comparative
:

Sustainability adjective forms: adjective + -er / more + adjective + than

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Use plenty of Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Review comparative forms, for example by playing ‘animal comparisons’ (see pictures in this according to the needs
lesson. You may of your pupils and
Listening Listening Optional activity in the Teacher’s Book). also want to class. Please see the
1.3 1.3.1 Lesson delivery prepare a seven differentiation
worksheet for this strategies listed in the
Use appropriate Guess the meaning 2. Plan a listening lesson to meet the main and complementary learning standards, lesson. introduction. Please
listening of unfamiliar words which focuses on comparing animals native to Malaysia. Pupils should have the also consider the
strategies in a from clues provided opportunity to learn about endangered wildlife in Malaysia, and the people’s duty to following:
variety of contexts by knowledge of the protect the natural environment. This lesson focuses on
topic You could find a listening text on this topic, or you could prepare and read content as well as
something aloud. Alternatively, pupils can listen to each other. Pupils may predict language learning and
Complementary content and/or comparisons which will be made. practice. The language
Skill Complementary Post-lesson in the lesson may be
Speaking Skill challenging for some
3. Choose a post-lesson task that is appropriate for your lesson. This may involve pupils, so allow them to
Speaking use some of their first
2.1 discussion with pupils about the content of the lesson (endangered animals in
language.
2.1.4 Malaysia).
Communicate
simple information Give reasons for
intelligibly simple predictions

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 164


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__
LESSON: 119 (Speaking 23) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: Amazing animals CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of comparative
adjective forms: adjective + -er / more + adjective + than

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task using the picture to review dinosaurs and adjectives. Activity 3 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Speaking Speaking Lesson delivery Student’s Book class. Please see the
(page 83) and seven differentiation
2.1 2.1.5 Teacher’s Book
2. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3. strategies listed in the
Communicate Describe people, (page 125) introduction. Please
3. Introduce more dinosaurs using pictures. You may need to research some also consider the
simple information and objects using information about these dinosaurs. Various dinosaur
following:
intelligibly suitable statements pictures
4. Have pupils write adjectives on the cards. In small groups, they play a Blank cards Try to nominate some
comparisons game, where they take a card and use it to compare two of the shy or less proficient
dinosaurs. Review language for checking instructions at this point. Nominate various pupils to check the
pupils to check the instructions with you, or they could do this in pairs. instructions. If you still
Complementary Complementary Post-lesson have this language on
Skill Skill the classroom wall,
Speaking Speaking 5. Choose a post-lesson task which asks pupils to reflect on their learning and they can use it as a
performance in this lesson. model.
2.2 2.2.2
Use appropriate Check steps

communication needed to complete


strategies short classroom
tasks

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 165


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__
LESSON: 120 (Reading 23) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: Amazing animals CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Comparative forms: as
[adjective] as [noun]

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task using the picture to introduce dinosaurs’ body parts. Activity 1-2 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Reading Reading These should include the vocabulary at the top of page 84 as well as the body parts Student’s Book Please see the seven
3.2 3.2.2 in the text. (pages 84 & 85) differentiation strategies
Lesson delivery and Teacher’s listed in the introduction.
Book (pages 126 Please also consider the
Understand a Understand specific & 127)
variety of linear information and 2. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1. Draw attention to the following:
and non-linear details of simple usage of comparisons using Grammar Box on pg.85. Continue with Activity 2. Enlarged dinosaur Pupils may find it difficult to
print and digital texts of one or two 3. Show pictures of two different dinosaurs. Have pupils predict what will happen if pictures pronounce the dinosaur
texts by using paragraphs these two dinosaurs meet. Ask pupils to give reasons for their predictions, e.g. Body parts names. Allow them to give
appropriate Tyrannosaurus Rex would eat Gallimimus, because T-Rex was a carnivore. Repeat the dinosaurs nicknames.
flashcards
reading strategies with other dinosaurs.
Give plenty of support to
Complementary Post-lesson (Optional) pupils when they give
Skill worksheet reasons for their
Complementary
4. Choose a post-lesson task which consolidates learning in this lesson. It could predictions, especially to
Speaking Skill
relate learning to pupils’ own lives or their interests, or it could focus on any findings less proficient pupils, who
2.1 Speaking of prehistoric life locally/nationally/within Asia. may lack vocabulary and/or
2.1.4 ideas. You could do this by
Communicate asking questions and
simple information Give reasons for suggesting vocabulary.
intelligibly
simple predictions

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 166


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__
LESSON: 121 (Writing 23) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Amazing animals CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of comparative
:

Innovation forms

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task using the picture to review the dinosaur topic Activities 3-4 according to the needs of your
pupils and class. Please see
Writing Writing and vocabulary. Student’s Book the seven differentiation
4.2 4.2.4 Lesson delivery (pages 84-85) and strategies listed in the
Teacher’s Book (page introduction. Please also
Communicate Describe people 127) consider the following:
basic information and objects using 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3. Various dinosaur Some pupils may need more
intelligibly for a suitable statements pictures support in writing than others.
range of purposes 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 4. Body parts pictures Consider providing a clear
in print and digital model for pupils to follow and
media 4. Have pupils work in pairs to ‘create’ a new dinosaur. They should draw help pupils use the material in
the dinosaur and write a description of it, using language from this and the textbook to base their
Complementary previous lessons. ideas on and to find useful
Complementary Skill Post-lesson vocabulary. Have pupils write
Skill in pairs, but try to pair pupils
Listening
5. Have pupils present and evaluate each other’s work in a positive way. with similar levels of
Listening 1.2.2 proficiency so that they both
1.2 participate more equally and
Understand with can gain confidence, working
Understand support specific to the best of their ability. Give
meaning in a information and extra support to pairs of less
variety of familiar details of longer proficient pupils.
contexts simple texts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 167


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__
LESSON: 122 (Language Arts 23) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: Graphic Novel – The Jungle Book CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Vocabulary/ Simple
:

Innovation Present Tense

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Year 4 Graphic Differentiate
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-Lesson Novel – The learning according
Language Arts Language Arts Jungle Book to the needs of your
1. Choose a pre-lesson task which reviews/reintroduces the story. Contemporary pupils and class.
Please see the
5.2 5.2.1 Children’s
seven differentiation
Lesson delivery Literature
Express personal Say in simple words strategies listed in
Teaching
responses to and phrases how a text 2. Follow the instructions in the Teaching Guidebook on page 48. (Steps 1 – 5) the introduction.
Guidebook (BPK)
literary texts makes them feel Please also
- Graphic Novel
3. Have pupils give feedback to each group. consider the
following:
Complementary Complementary Skill Post – Lesson Strategy 1:

Skill Reading 4. Get pupils to vote for the best group and reward them. Differentiate by the
Reading task pupils are
3.3.1 given
3.3 Read and enjoy A1

Read fiction/non-fiction print


independently for and digital texts of
information and interest
enjoyment

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 168


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__
LESSON: 123 (Listening 24) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Amazing animals CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Phonology (vowel
sounds, with focus on /ə/ sound).

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up. Phonics 9 Student’s according to the needs of your
pupils and class. Please see
Listening Listening Lesson delivery Book page 127) and the seven differentiation
Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
1.1 1.1.1 (pages189-190)
2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1. introduction.
Recognise and Recognise and 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Optional 1 activity. Monolingual
reproduce target reproduce with dictionaries
language sounds support a wide 4. Give each team of pupils a few dictionaries. When you call out a word,
range of target the pupils must find the word as quickly as possible. The first person in the
language team to call out the correct page number wins the round. The winner wins a
Complementary phonemes point for the whole team rather than individually.
Skill 5. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2.
Reading Complementary Post-lesson

3.2 Skill 6. Choose a post-lesson task to consolidate learning.


Understand a Reading

variety of linear 3.2.4


and non-linear
print and digital Recognise and use
texts by using with little or no
appropriate support key
reading strategies features of a simple
monolingual
dictionary

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 169


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
LESSON: 124 (Speaking 24) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK: __

TOPIC: Amazing animals CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Asking about and giving
reasons for preferences; Review of comparative forms
(optional)

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up (page 129) to review the Activity 1 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Speaking Speaking animal names in Activity 1 (Student’s Book page 86). Student’s Book class. Please see the
2.1 2.1.1 Lesson delivery (page 86) and seven differentiation
Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
Communicate Explain and give 2. Follow instructions in the Vocabulary. (pages 128 & 129) introduction. Please
simple information reasons for basic 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1. Sets of small also consider the
intelligibly opinions pictures of the following:
4. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Optional activity. animals Based on your
Post-lesson observation of pupils in
Complementary Complementary recent lessons, if you
Skill Skill 5. Choose a post-lesson task which asks pupils to reflect on and evaluate their think some of your
Speaking Speaking learning in this lesson. pupils need more
practice in comparative
2.1 2.1.5 forms, you could
include this in this
Communicate Describe people, lesson.
simple information and objects using
intelligibly suitable statements

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 170


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__
LESSON: 125 (Reading 24) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: Amazing animals CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of descriptive
:

language

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning according
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task which will link to the story in this lesson Student’s Book to the needs of your pupils and
class. Please see the seven
Reading Reading (Student’s Book pages 88 & 89). (pages 88-89) differentiation strategies listed in
3.3 3.3.1 Lesson delivery Pictures of the main the introduction. Please also
consider the following:
characters of the
2. Introduce the story using pictures of the characters. Have pupils read
Read Read and enjoy A1 story Some pupils will find it
independently for fiction/non-fiction the story.3. Have pupils do an activity in groups where they tell each challenging to read without
information and print and digital other what they liked about the story. Encourage pupils to use the understanding every word.
enjoyment texts of interest adjectives from previous lessons. Remind pupils that they don’t
3. Have the groups discuss what they think will happen at the end. Get need to understand every word.
pupils to choose one or two person(s) to narrate the story to the class. Encourage them to use
The rest of the group members can act out the story. strategies to guess the meaning
Post-lesson of new words.
Complementary Complementary You could include an activity
Skill Skill
4. Choose a post-lesson task which reviews the story in the lesson or towards the end of the lesson
Speaking Speaking focuses on particular language points pupils still find challenging. which focuses on new
2.3 2.3.1 Ask pupils to bring pictures of their favourite animals to the next lesson. vocabulary, but remind pupils
who are concerned that they can
Communicate Narrate short basic enjoy a story without completely
understanding of it.
appropriately to a stories
small or large
group

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 171


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__
LESSON: 126 (Writing 24) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Amazing animals CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of descriptive
:

Innovation / Language language

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning according to
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task which reviews the animal vocabulary. Activities 1-2 the needs of your pupils and
class. Please see the seven
Writing Writing Lesson delivery Student’s Book differentiation strategies listed in
(page 87) and the introduction. Please also
4.2 4.2.5 Teacher’s Book
2. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up. consider the following:
Communicate Connect sentences (pages 130 & 131) Have pupils work in mixed
3. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1.
basic information into a coherent Pupils’ pictures of proficiency pairs for steps 3 and 4
intelligibly for a paragraph using 4. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2. their favourite so that more proficient pupils can
range of purposes basic coordinating 5. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Writing tip. Have pupils animals support less proficient ones. Offer
in print and digital conjunctions and plenty of support so that pupils
find examples of conjunctions in the text in Activity 1 and draw attention Animal pictures
media reference pronouns can work quickly but effectively.
to the mind map in Activity 2 as a technique for planning.
Note that more time should be
Complementary Complementary
6. Have pupils make a writing plan about their favourite animal. Have spent on writing the paragraphs.
Skill Skill
pupils write about their favourite animal using the plan. If time does not Setting homework can give you
Writing Writing permit, this could be finished as a homework.
the opportunity to see how
4.3 4.3.3 Post-lesson individual pupils are progressing
7. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Optional 1 activity. Pupils in their written work. Make sure
Communicate Produce a plan or that all pupils understand exactly
with appropriate draft of one use their plans for this activity. what and how much they should
language form paragraph for a write.
and style for a familiar topic and
range of purposes modify this
in print and digital appropriately in
media response to
feedback

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 172


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__
LESSON: 127 (Language Arts 24) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: Graphic Novel – The Jungle Book CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Verbs
:

Innovation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Year 4 Graphic
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-Lesson Novel – The Differentiate learning
Jungle Book
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Get random pupils to pick a verb card each and act it out. according to the needs of
Contemporary your pupils and class.
5.3 5.3.1 2. Have other pupils name the verbs. Children’s Please see the seven
Express an Respond Lesson delivery Literature differentiation strategies
Teaching listed in the introduction.
imaginative imaginatively and 3. Provide a sample jazz chant to pupils. (Teaching Guidebook page 62) Guidebook (BPK) Please also consider the
response to intelligibly through - Graphic Novel following:
literary texts creating simple 4. Follow the instructions in the Teaching Guidebook on page 62. (Steps 1 – 4) Strategy 7: Differentiate
picture stories,
Complementary simple poems and Note: Ask pupils to replace some of the words in the jazz chant with other verbs. by the feedback given
Skill cartoon stories
Writing Complementary 5. Write out the jazz chants.

4.3 Skill 6. Get pupils to present their jazz chants.

Communicate Writing Post – Lesson

with appropriate 4.3.2 7. Have pupils do a gallery walk awarding stars/ smileys and wishes.
language form
and style for a Spell most high
range of purposes frequency words
in print and digital accurately in guided
media writing

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 173


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 8)
__
LESSON: 128 (Language Awareness 7) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Awareness THEME: teacher to complete
:WEEK

TOPIC: Amazing animals CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of language from
Unit 8

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Language Language Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus Differentiate learning
Awareness Awareness lessons 1. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Warm up activity. 4 according to the needs of
lessons should be should be your pupils and class. Please
presented and presented and Lesson delivery Revision 8 see the seven differentiation
practised using a practised using a Student’s Book strategies listed in the
main skill and a main skill and a 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activities 1 to 3. You could and Teacher’s introduction. Please also
complementary complementary skill also use the Optional activity in the Teacher’s Book. Book consider the following:
skill (Listening, (Listening, 3. Plan any further activities for this lesson to develop language skills according Self-assessment *Most pupils will be able to
Speaking, Speaking, Reading worksheet
to your pupils’ needs. You can use information about your pupils’ performance complete the self-
Reading or or Writing).
which you collected using formative assessment strategies while teaching this assessment worksheet with
Writing). Teachers Teachers can use
unit. The information could include your observation of pupils interacting in just a little support. Continue
can use Year 4 Year 4 Content and
classroom activities and their performance in written activities. Plan activities to explain the criteria to
Content and Learning Standards
which focus on language practice in a meaningful, fun and communicative way. pupils so they understand
Learning in DSKP curriculum
them clearly.
Standards in document. Post-lesson
DSKP curriculum 4. Ask pupils to think about their learning and performance in this unit. They then Support pupils where
document. needed and allow pupils to
complete the self-assessment worksheet (see below and note in differentiation write in their own language if
strategies column). necessary. You could then
5. Collect the worksheets from pupils and review them to note pupils’ responses. help them to express
themselves in English.
If there are any areas of concern, prepare a review of these in upcoming
lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 174


How did I do in Unit 8? Put ✔ next to Great, OK, or A little.

In English, I know how to…

…describe animals Great ____ OK ____


A little
…compare animals Great ____ OK ____ ____

A little
…talk about what I like and don’t like Great ____ OK ____ ____

A little
…say why I like or don’t like something Great ____ OK ____ ____

A little
…write about my favourite animal Great ____ OK ____ ____

A little
____

 I’m proud of myself because I ____________________________________ very well.

 In the next unit, I will ____________________________________ better / more.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 175


Unit 9
SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__

LESSON: 129 (Listening 25) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Get active! CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Expressing degrees
of likes and dislikes: e.g. I like/love/hate + gerund

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate
Main Skill Main Skill Note: The focus of this lesson should be on listening so pupils do not need to open Activity 1 learning according
to the needs of your
Listening Listening the textbook for Steps 1-3 in this lesson. Student’s Book pupils and class.
1.2 1.2.2 1. Review/pre-teach the adjectives from page 93 Student’s book without introducing (page 93) and Please see the
Teacher’s Book seven differentiation
the sports topic. (pages 138 &139)
Understand Understand with strategies listed in
meaning in a support specific Lesson delivery the introduction.
variety of familiar information and 2. Write some topics for the song on the board, including the correct one ‘sports’,
contexts details of longer e.g. Animals / Food / Sports / School.
simple texts
3. Play the song and ask pupils to listen to it to tell you what the topic of the song
is (sports) and continue with instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1.
Complementary Complementary 4. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for TPR activity.
Skill
Skill Listening 5. Optional: If time allows, have pupils do a speaking activity where they practise the
Listening sports vocabulary in pairs or small groups.
1.2 1.2.1 Post-lesson

Understand Understand with 6. Choose a post-lesson task which personalises learning.


support the main
meaning in a idea of longer
variety of familiar simple texts
contexts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 176


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__
LESSON: 130 (Speaking 25) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Get active! CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Expressing degrees of
liking and disliking: e.g. I like/love/hate + gerund

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. 1. Choose a pre-lesson task to review sports vocabulary and adjectives from Activity 2 Student’s according to the
needs of your pupils
Speaking Speaking the previous lesson. Book (page 93) and and class. Please see
2.1 2.1.1 Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book (pages the seven
138 & 139) differentiation
Communicate Explain and give 2. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Grammar Box. strategies listed in the
simple information reasons for basic 3. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3. Extend the dialogue introduction. Please
intelligibly opinions also consider the
to make it more natural and to help support development of the complementary following:
Complementary Complementary learning standard. A worksheet for the
Skill Skill 4. Have pupils conduct a survey where they talk to each other about the sports
survey activity could
Speaking Speaking they like/dislike. You may want to prepare a worksheet for this activity. Then, help some pupils
get pupils to share their findings. understand what to
2.2 2.2.1 Post-lesson say and how to
record the information
Use appropriate Keep interaction
5. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Optional activity ‘sing the they hear.
communication going in short next line’.
strategies exchanges by:
using suitable

words
(i) to show

understanding
(ii) to ask for

clarification

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 177


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__
LESSON: 131 (Reading 25) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Get active! CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Superlative adjectives:
the adjective + -est / best / worst

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning

Reading Reading 1. Review and extend the sports topic by having pupils do Warm up and Activities 1 & 3 according to the needs of your
pupils and class. Please see
3.2 3.2.2 Vocabulary. Student’s Book (page the seven differentiation
Understand a Understand specific 94) and Teacher’s strategies listed in the
variety of linear information and Lesson delivery Book (pages 140 & introduction. Please also
and non-linear details of simple 141)
2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1. consider the following:
print and digital texts of one or two
texts by using paragraphs 3. Ask pupils to discuss in groups the best title for this story. Extend by Flash cards If pupils have no experience or
appropriate asking them to give reasons for their answer. knowledge of the sports in this
reading strategies 4. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2. lesson, use some extra
Complementary pictures or video clips to talk to
Complementary Skill 5. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Grammar Box. pupils about the sports.
Skill Reading
Reading 3.2.1 Post-lesson
3.2 Understand the 6. Play a mime game to review vocabulary and concepts covered in this
Understand a main idea of simple
variety of linear texts of one or two lesson.
and non-linear paragraphs
print and digital
texts by using
appropriate
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 178


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__
LESSON: 132 (Writing 25) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Get active! CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Superlative adjectives:
:

Innovation the adjective + -est / best / worst

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Develop some Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task to suit the lesson you have planned. materials or bring according to the needs of
some resources to your pupils and class. Please
Writing Writing Lesson delivery this lesson. see the seven differentiation
4.2 4.2.2 A model invitation strategies listed in the
2. Plan a writing lesson which develops the main and complementary skills introduction. Please also
Communicate Make and respond and practises superlative forms. A model report consider the following:
basic information to simple offers and For example, pupils plan a fun mini competitions/challenges for a class Think about the amount of
intelligibly for a invitations ‘activities day’ in groups (e.g. to see who can make the tallest tower out of support pupils may need in
range of purposes books). Ask pupils to give a name to their activity. The planning stage may developing the activities for
in print and digital be done in L1. their competition. You could
media Show pupils the model invitation to support them in writing their own give them some ideas or you
could give them a choice of
invitations to their classmates to take part in their competition(s). pre-planned activities.
Complementary Complementary The competitions take place and pupils work in groups to organise their
Skill Skill Writing findings and prepare a very short report on them (in a short paragraph). Note
Writing that pupils may need a model report for this.
4.2.5
Collect the reports and provide feedback.
4.2
Connect sentences
Post-lesson
Communicate into a coherent
basic information paragraph using 3. Choose a post-lesson task which reviews recent learning and asks pupils
intelligibly for a basic coordinating to reflect on their learning in this sequence of lessons.
range of purposes conjunctions and
in print and digital reference pronouns
media

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 179


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__
LESSON: 133 (Language Arts 25) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
:WEEK

TOPIC: Graphic Novel – The Jungle Book CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Verbs
Innovation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Year 4 Graphic Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-Lesson Novel – The according to the
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Quiz questions to recap the events in Chapter 3. Jungle Book needs of your pupils
Contemporary and class. Please see
the seven
5.2 5.2.1 2. Draw the picture of the red flower. (Based on pupils’ understandings) Children’s
differentiation
Express personal Say in simple words Lesson delivery Literature strategies listed in the
Teaching
responses to and phrases how a introduction. Please
Guidebook (BPK)
literary texts text makes them 3. Follow the instructions in the Teaching Guidebook page 63. ( Steps 1 – 3) also consider the
- Graphic Novel
feel following:
4. Have pupils share their answers. (Flying Carpets Activity)
Strategy 7:
Complementary Post – Lesson Differentiate by the
Skill Complementary 5. Elicit pupils’ responses on why Mowgli said it was a red flower. feedback given
Skill
Speaking
2.1 Speaking

Communicate 2.1.1

simple information Explain and give


intelligibly reasons for basic
opinions

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 180


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__
LESSON: 134 (Listening 26) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Get active! CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Superlative adjectives:
:

the adjective + -est / best / worst

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list to review sports vocabulary. Activity 4 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Listening Listening Lesson delivery Student’s Book class. Please see the
(page 95) and seven differentiation
1.2 1.2.2 Teacher’s Book
2. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 4 so that pupils listen to the strategies listed in the
Understand Understand with three interviews and complete the activity in the book. (pages 140 & 141) introduction. Please
meaning in a support specific 3. Review the language in the Grammar Box in the Student’s Book on page 93 and A sample also consider the
variety of familiar information and paragraph about a following:
95 Show an example of a paragraph to describe a sport you like or dislike using
contexts details of longer these adjectives. sport you like or Some pupils may find
simple texts 4. Ask pupils to write a paragraph about a sport they like or dislike. Encourage dislike self-editing process
Complementary challenging. You could
Complementary pupils to use the language in the Grammar Box. review their writing
Skill
Skill beforehand, note some
Post-lesson
Writing Writing common mistakes in
4.3.3 5. Offer feedback on pupils’ writing and on the process of self-editing. English and add an
4.3 error correction stage.
Monitor closely as
Communicate Produce a plan or pupils work on self-
draft of one correcting their work.
with appropriate paragraph for a
language form familiar topic and
and style for a modify this
range of purposes appropriately in
in print and digital response to
media feedback

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 181


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__
LESSON: 135 (Speaking 26) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Get active! CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Superlative adjectives:
the adjective + -est / best / worst

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Review adjectives from previous lessons and review/introduce their Activity 5 Student’s according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Speaking Speaking superlative forms in a game such as a matching activity. Book (page 95) and Please see the seven
2.1 2.1.5 Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book (page differentiation strategies
141) listed in the introduction.
Communicate Describe people, 2. Review the reading lesson text. Please also consider the
simple information and objects using 3. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 5. Draw pupils’ attention following:
intelligibly suitable statements to the change from sport to person (high jump – high jumper; windsurfing – If the sports in the book
windsurfer; javelin – javelin thrower). are very unfamiliar or
4. You can add other characters in the story for this game, e.g. Greg and inappropriate for your
context, you could
Carlos. extend this so that pupils
Complementary Complementary Post-lesson talk about sports they do
Skill Skill at school, which will be
Listening Listening 5. Choose a post-lesson task which extends and consolidates pupils learning in more familiar, interesting
this lesson. and relevant to them.
1.2 1.2.2
Understand Understand with

meaning in a support specific


variety of familiar information and
contexts details of longer
simple texts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 182


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__
LESSON: 136 (Reading 26) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: Get active! CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Global LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Superlative adjectives:
Sustainability the adjective + -est / the most + adjective

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task from the list to extend the topic of sports using a pre- Activity 1 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Reading Reading lesson task from the list. Student’s Book class. Please see the
3.2 3.2.2 Lesson delivery (page 96) and seven differentiation
Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
Understand a Understand specific 2. Tell pupils they will read about three sports. Put the pictures on the board and (page 142) introduction. Please
variety of linear information and elicit what pupils already know about them. Pictures of the also consider the
and non-linear details of simple 3. Check detailed understanding by asking comprehension questions following the sports in the texts following:
print and digital texts of one or two relevant instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1. Sports flashcards Try to vary the
texts by using paragraphs questions you ask to
appropriate 4. Pupils check their answers and respond to a gist question. Sports equipment different pupils about
reading strategies 5. If time allows, ask pupils for their experiences and opinions of these three sports. the text. This builds
Complementary confidence as well as
Complementary
Skill Post-lesson motivation for all your
Skill
pupils.
6. Review vocabulary using an activity from the post-lesson tasks.
Reading Reading
3.2 3.2.1

Understand a Understand the

variety of linear main idea of simple


and non-linear texts of one or two
print and digital paragraphs
texts by using
appropriate
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 183


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__
LESSON: 137 (Writing 26) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: Get active! CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Patriotism LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Superlative adjectives:
:

the adjective + -est / the most + adjective

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Review sports vocabulary using an activity from the pre-lesson tasks. Activity 2 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Writing Writing Lesson delivery Student’s Book class. Please see the
(page 97) and seven differentiation
4.2 4.2.4 Teacher’s Book
2. Prepare a true/false memory quiz about the information in the texts from previous strategies listed in the
Communicate Describe people lesson. (page 143) introduction. Please
basic information and objects using 3. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2. Sports flashcards also consider the
intelligibly for a suitable statements following:
range of purposes 4. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Grammar Box. True/false To support pupils’
in print and digital memory quiz writing, have them work
media 5. Based on the sports flashcards, ask pupils to talk about some of the sports.
Complementary in pairs. Pupils can use
Complementary Skill 6. In pairs, ask pupils to write about a sport which is popular in their the questions in Activity
school/Malaysia. They describe the sport and can also write their opinion of it. 2 to structure their
Skill Reading
writing. For those pupils
7. Review and share pupils’ work by asking pupils to do a gallery walk activity.
Reading who need extra
3.2.2 support, highlight the
Post-lesson
3.2 Understand specific verb forms used. Have
Understand a information and 8. Review learning in this sequence of lessons using a post-lesson task form the list. all pupils plan the
details of simple content before writing.
variety of linear
and non-linear texts of one or two
print and digital paragraphs
texts by using
appropriate
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 184


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__
LESSON: 138 (Language Arts 26) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: Graphic Novel – The Jungle Book CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Simple Past Tense
:

Innovation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Year 4 Graphic
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-Lesson Novel – The Differentiate learning
Jungle Book
Language Arts Language Arts according to the needs
1. Get pupils to respond to the question ‘If you were Mowgli, how would you plan to
get rid of Shere Khan?’ Contemporary of your pupils and
5.3 5.3.1 Children’s class. Please see the
Express an Respond 2. Randomly have pupils share their plans with the rest of the class. Literature seven differentiation
Teaching strategies listed in the
imaginative imaginatively and Lesson delivery Guidebook (BPK) introduction. Please
response to intelligibly through - Graphic Novel also consider the
literary texts creating simple 3. Follow the instructions in the Teaching Guidebook page 68. (Steps 1 – 4) following:
picture stories, Note: For the lower-intermediate pupils, please refer to the Teacher’s Note on
simple poems and Strategy 1: Differentiate
cartoon stories page 68 and the suggested answers on page 69 of the Teaching Guidebook.
by the task pupils are
Complementary Complementary 4. Have pupils present their work creatively to the rest of the class. given
Skill Strategy 7: Differentiate
Skill Note: Can be presented in the form of a story, poem, etc.
Speaking Speaking Post – Lesson by the feedback given

2.3 2.3.1 5. Use the assessment form for group work on page 128 of the Teaching

Communicate Narrate short basic Guidebook.


stories
appropriately to a
small or large
group

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 185


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__
LESSON: 139 (Listening 27) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Get active! CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Superlative adjectives:
Values the adjective + -est / the most + adjective

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Review adjectives from recent lessons using an activity from the pre- Activities 3-4 according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
Listening Listening lesson tasks. Student’s Book see the seven differentiation
1.2 1.2.1 Lesson delivery (page 97) and strategies listed in the
Teacher’s Book introduction. Please also
Understand Understand with 2. Prepare an activity to distinguish between adjectives which take -est and (page 143) consider the following:
meaning in a support the main those which take most. Make sure pupils are working with the words in Sports flashcards To challenge more proficient
variety of familiar idea of longer meaningful sentences related to the theme, not a drill type of activity.
including those in pupils, you could ask them to
contexts simple texts 3. Put the flashcards of the sports on the board. These should include all the Activity 3 compare two sports. This will
sports mentioned in the listening text and some extra. review and contrast
4. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3. Ask pupils to listen comparative forms with
superlatives. Alternatively,
to track 60 in the CD to identify which sports they hear. Based on this track, they can brainstorm more
Complementary Complementary pupils should also say which sport is the best for the boys to play adjectives and/or decide
Skill Skill (basketball). together which sport is best
Speaking Speaking 5. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 4. See differentiation for them.
strategies for extension ideas if needed.
2.1 2.1.1 Post-lesson

Communicate Ask about and 6. Review and check understanding in this lesson using an activity from the
simple information express basic
intelligibly opinions post-lesson tasks.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 186


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__
LESSON: 140 (Speaking 27) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: Get active! CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Verb + preposition: e.g.
be good/bad at

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow instruction in the Teacher’s Book for the Revision activity. Activities 1-2 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Speaking Speaking Lesson delivery Student’s Book Please see the seven
(page 98) and differentiation strategies
2.1 2.1.1 Teacher’s Book
2. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1. listed in the introduction.
Communicate Explain and give (pages 144-145) Please also consider the
3. Optional: If you have time, show pupils how to represent data in a simple following:
simple information reasons for basic chart (e.g. a bar chart) and have pupils present the data about themselves and Sample charts
intelligibly opinions their partner from Activity 1. Presenting to a group
4. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2. Have pupils talk rather than to the whole
class can support less
about their friend in groups, rather than to the whole class. confident pupils. It will also
Post-lesson help the pace of the lesson
Complementary Complementary giving time for pupils to
Skill Skill 5. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Optional activity. speak more. This is
Speaking Speaking especially true in large
classes.
2.1 2.1.5 Use models and the board
Communicate Describe people, to show pupils how to
make a bar chart (or
simple information and objects using
another kind of chart) from
intelligibly suitable statements
their data.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 187


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__
LESSON: 141 (Reading 27) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: Get active! CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of superlative
:

adjectives

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Review Part 1 of the story (See Lesson 125). Activity 1 according to the needs of
your pupils and class. Please
Reading Reading Lesson delivery Student’s Book see the seven differentiation
(pages 100 & 101) strategies listed in the
3.2 3.2.2 and Teacher’s
2. Show pupils the five pictures of the story (Part 2). Have them predict in introduction. Please also
Understand a Understand specific pairs which order they come in in the story. Book (pages 148 consider the following:
& 149)
variety of linear information and 3. Give pupils the headings for each of the five sections of the story to match Vary the questions you ask
and non-linear details of simple to the pictures. Pictures from as pupils follow the story so
print and digital texts of one or two story, cut up that you provide the right
texts by using paragraphs 4. Have pupils sit comfortably and read quietly on their own. After reading, Headings for each challenge to different
appropriate they check their predictions. proficiencies while checking
reading strategies section of the that all pupils have
5. Play the CD and follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1 story
understood the text. You
(While reading)
could ask pupils to answer
Complementary Complementary 6. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the After reading activity. some of the questions in
Skill Skill Post-lesson pairs so that more pupils
have the chance to answer.
Reading Reading 7. Have pupils express their opinions of the story in a pairwork or small group
3.3 3.3.1 activity.

Read Read and enjoy A1


independently for
fiction/non-fiction
information and
print and digital
enjoyment
texts of interest

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 188


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__

LESSON: 142 (Writing 27) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: Get active! CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Verb + preposition: e.g.
:

be good/bad at

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Warm up activity. Activities 1-2 according to the
needs of your pupils
Writing Writing Lesson delivery Student’s Book and class. Please see
(page 99) and the seven
4.2 4.2.1 Teacher’s Book
2. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1. differentiation
Communicate basic Explain and give (page 146) strategies listed in the
3. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2. introduction. Please
information reasons for simple
intelligibly for a opinions 4. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Writing Tip. also consider the
range of purposes following:
in print and digital Complementary 5. Ask pupils to answer the questions in the Writing tip for a famous person they Set different word
media Skill know. Have pupils say what they think of this person as well. You could organise
limits for different
this activity to be a project-based activity using ICT.
Reading pupils. You could add
Complementary
6. Pupils write about the famous person, using their answers in the previous step as one or more
Skill 3.2.2
a plan, but do not give the name. questions to the
Reading Understand Post-lesson planning stage for
more proficient pupils.
3.2 specific 7. Have pupils read each other’s writing by conducting a gallery walk. They should
information and
Understand a details of simple try to guess who the famous person are. If you don’t have time for this stage, pupils
variety of linear and texts of one or two could do this at the beginning of Lesson 144 (Language Awareness lesson).
non-linear print and paragraphs
digital texts by
using appropriate
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 189


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
LESSON: 143 (Language Arts 27)
__ WEEK:

CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Adjectives


TOPIC: Graphic Novel – The Jungle
Book
CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION
STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Year 4 Graphic Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-Lesson Novel – The according to the
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Show a picture of ‘Akela’. Jungle Book needs of your pupils
Contemporary and class. Please see
the seven
5.2 5.2.1 2. Have pupils to discuss the importance of Akela to Mowgli. Children’s
differentiation
Literature
Express personal Say in simple words 3. Discuss how Akela died and what can be done to honour her. strategies listed in the
Teaching
responses to and phrases how a introduction. Please
Guidebook (BPK)
literary texts text makes them Lesson delivery also consider the
- Graphic Novel
feel following:
4. Follow the instructions in the Teaching Guidebook on page 70. (Steps 1 – 4)
Complementary 5. Have pupils discuss Mowgli’s feelings on Akela’s death. Strategy 2:
Differentiate by the
Skill Complementary Post – Lesson type and amount of
Skill
Writing support provided
6. Have pupils write the poem in cursive writing.
Writing
4.1
Form letters and 4.1.2

words in neat Use cursive writing


legible print using in written work*
cursive writing
*all children

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 190


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 9)
__
LESSON: 144 (Language Awareness 8) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Awareness THEME: teacher to complete
:WEEK

TOPIC: Get active! CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of language
from Unit 9

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Language Language Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Awareness Awareness lessons 1. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Warm up activity. Revision 9 according to the needs of
lessons should be should be your pupils and class. Please
presented and presented and Lesson delivery Student’s Book see the seven differentiation
practised using a practised using a and Teacher’s strategies listed in the
main skill and a main skill and a 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activities 1 to 3. You Book introduction. Please also
complementary complementary skill could also use the Optional activity in the Teacher’s Book. Self-assessment consider the following:
skill (Listening, (Listening, 3. Plan any further activities for this lesson to develop language skills worksheet *Most pupils will be able to
Speaking, Speaking, Reading
according to your pupils’ needs. You can use information about your pupils’ complete the self-
Reading or or Writing).
performance which you collected using formative assessment strategies assessment worksheet with
Writing). Teachers Teachers can use
while teaching this unit. The information could include your observation of just a little support. Continue
can use Year 4 Year 4 Content and
pupils interacting in classroom activities and their performance in written to explain the criteria to
Content and Learning Standards
activities. Plan activities which focus on language practice in a meaningful, pupils so they understand
Learning in DSKP curriculum
fun and communicative way. them clearly. Support pupils
Standards in document.
where needed and allow
DSKP curriculum Post-lesson pupils to write in their own
document. 4. Ask pupils to think about their learning and performance in this unit. They language if necessary. You
could then help them to
then complete the self-assessment worksheet (see below and note in
express themselves in
differentiation strategies column).
English.
5. Collect the worksheets from pupils and review them to note pupils’
responses. If there are any areas of concern, prepare a review of these in
upcoming lessons.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 191


How did I do in Unit 9? Put ✔ next to Great, OK, or A little.

In English, I know how to…

…talk about sports Great ____ OK ____ A little ____

…talk about what we use for different sports Great ____ OK ____ A little ____

…talk about what I like and don’t like Great ____ OK ____ A little ____

…compare people and sports Great ____ OK ____ A little ____

 I’m proud of myself because I ____________________________________ very well.

 In the next unit, I will ____________________________________ better / mor

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 192


Unit 10
SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
__

LESSON: 145 (Listening 28) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: What’s the matter? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: have got: What’s the
:

matter? I’ve got…

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate
Listening Listening 1. Choose an activity from the pre-lesson tasks to introduce the topic health. Activity 1 learning according
to the needs of your
1.3 1.3.1 Lesson delivery Student’s Book pupils and class.
(page 103) and Please see the
Use appropriate Guess the Teacher’s Book
2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up. Use flashcards to show the seven differentiation
listening meaning of vocabulary. Leave on the board. (page 152) strategies listed in
strategies in a unfamiliar words Flashcards the introduction.
variety of contexts from clues 3. Play the song and have pupils listen and raise their hand when they hear the words on Please also
provided by the board. consider the
knowledge of the 4. Get pupils to work with a partner to decide on the meaning of the new words, based on following:
topic
Complementary their knowledge of the topics. Note that the focus of this lesson should be on listening, so Pupils will be used
Complementary you could adapt the activity (e.g. hide the song lyrics or ask pupils to close their books to this activity style
Skill Skill when listening the first time) in order to help the pupils to focus on listening not reading. by now, but some
Listening 5. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the TPR activity. may still not feel
Listening comfortable singing
1.1 1.1.1 6. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Vocabulary (Track 68). along. As the lesson
focuses on rhyming
Recognise and Recognise and Optional: Focus on the rhyming words in the song. You could play a game where pupils words, give pupils
reproduce with identify more words which rhyme. This could use the same sound as the song, or it could the choice of saying
reproduce target
support a wide focus on a sound which is more challenging for pupils. See remaining phonics pages in or singing the
language sounds
range of target the Teacher’s Book. words.
language
phonemes

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 193


Post-lesson

7. Review learning in this lesson of vocabulary or sounds, depending on the needs


of your pupils. Choose an appropriate activity from the post-lesson tasks.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 194


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
__
LESSON: 146 (Speaking 28) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: What’s the matter? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: have got: What’s the
matter? I’ve got…

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Review the previous vocabulary using an activity from the pre-lesson tasks or Activity 3 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Speaking Speaking play the song again, following instructions in the Teacher’s Book for TPR activity. Student’s Book class. Please see the
2.2 2.2.1 Lesson delivery (page 103) and seven differentiation
Teacher’s Book strategies listed in the
Use appropriate Keep interaction 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Grammar Box. (page 153) introduction. Please
communication going in short 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3. Lines of extended also consider the
following:
strategies exchanges by: dialogue, mixed
using suitable 4. Talk to pupils and elicit some ideas for extending the dialogue so that it is more up In Stage 6, pupils could
natural and includes expressions such as ‘Really?’ / ‘A headache? Oh poor you!!’ simply substitute the
words etc.) sickness vocabulary, or
(i) to show 5. Give pairs the lines of an extended dialogue you have prepared. They should put they could change the
Complementary understanding them in the correct order, then practise the dialogue. dialogue, depending on
Skill their proficiency level.
Listening (ii) to ask for 6. Have pupils create, practise then perform a new dialogue in pairs.
clarification
1.2 Post-lesson
Complementary
Understand Skill 7. Play ‘hot card pantomime’ in groups (see Teacher’s Book, Optional activity).

meaning in a Listening
variety of familiar
contexts 1.2.5
Understand longer

supported questions

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 195


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Stories
LESSON: 147 (Reading 28)
WEEK: __

CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: modal verb (should)


TOPIC: What’s the matter?

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task to introduce the vocabulary. Lesson delivery Activity 1 according to the needs
of your pupils and
Reading Reading 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Grammar Box. Student’s Book class. Please see the
(page 104) and seven differentiation
3.2 3.2.3 Teacher’s Book
3. Write the word should on the board. Ask pupils what it means. strategies listed in the
Understand a Guess the meaning (page 154) introduction. Please
4. Show the pictures from the story. Have pupils tell each other words they know in also consider the
variety of linear of unfamiliar words the pictures. Enlarged pictures
and non-linear from clues provided from the story following:
print and digital by title and topic 5. Ask pupils some questions about the story (e.g. Why can the children stay longer * It is a good idea to
texts by using at the end of the story?). Play the CD and ask pupils to listen and look at the check before the lesson
appropriate pictures, then answer the gist question. that none of the pupils
reading strategies 6. Follow instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1 (Track 72). in your class has
traumatic experiences
Complementary Post-lesson relating to health (their
Complementary Skill 7. Complete Activity 3 from the Student’s Book. own or someone close
Skill to them). In this case,
Listening you can leave out
Listening 1.2.3 Stage 7 and other
1.2 personalised activities,
Understand with or plan them so that
Understand support short simple pupils are not reminded
meaning in a narratives on a of or need to talk about
variety of familiar range of familiar these experiences.
contexts topic

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 196


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
__
LESSON: 148 (Writing 28) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: What’s the matter? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Science and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Modal verbs: should / shall
:

Technology / Values

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Play hot card pantomime (see instruction in the Teacher’s Book) to review vocabulary Activity 3 Student’s according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Writing Writing or choose a pre-lesson activity from the list. Book (page 105) and Please see the seven
4.2 4.2.2 Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book differentiation strategies
(page 155) listed in the introduction.
Communicate Make and 2. Give pupils a model conversation (see materials). Worksheet designed Please also consider the
basic information respond to Sandy: I have a cut on my finger. (cause) to look like a text following:
intelligibly for a simple offers message When writing the model text
range of and invitations Greg: Let me help you put on a plaster. (offer) conversation message conversation,
purposes in print Sandy: Why? Model text message keep your pupils in mind.
and digital media Think about their
conversation
Greg: You will feel better. (reason) experiences and their
Sandy: Yes, thank you. Mobile phones needs as well as the level
Complementary (optional) of language you use. It
Skill Complementary 3. Give pupils a worksheet and ask them to write a conversation using these phrases. should be a useful and
Focus on giving simple opinions, as well as making and responding to offers. clear model for pupils to
Writing Skill
base their own writing on.
4.2 Writing Post-lesson See suggestions in Stage
4.
Communicate 4.2.1 4. Choose an appropriate activity from the post-lesson tasks. Focus on and highlight the
basic information Explain and give English language for the
intelligibly for a reasons for learning standards (I
range of simple opinions think… / Shall I…?) and
purposes in print have pupils practise it
and digital media before stage 5 if necessary.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 197


sore throat take medicine
stomach ache get a glass of water
toothache call a doctor

Sandy: I have ________________________ .

Greg: _________________________________ .

Sandy: Why?

Greg: _______________________ .

Sandy: Yes, thank you.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 198


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
__
LESSON: 149 (Language Arts 28) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: Graphic Novel – The Jungle Book CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Present/Past Simple Tense
:

Creativity and Innovation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Year 4 Graphic Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-Lesson Novel – The according to the needs of
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Show video clips of scenes in a village and a jungle. Jungle Book your pupils and class.
Contemporary Please see the seven
differentiation strategies
5.2 5.2.1 2. Have pupils to state where would they want to live and give reason(s) Children’s
listed in the introduction.
Literature
Express personal Say in simple words Please also consider the
Teaching
responses to and phrases how a following:
Guidebook (BPK)
literary texts Lesson delivery
text makes them - Graphic Novel Strategy 3: Differentiate by
feel 3. Follow the instructions in the Teaching Guidebook on page 73. (Steps 1 – 2) the outcome expected from
pupils
Complementary 4. Have pupils share their opinions in class.
Skill Complementary
Writing Skill
Post – Lesson
Writing
4.3
5. Get a consensus of what the class thinks Mowgli should do.
4.3.1
Communicate
with appropriate Use capital letters,
language form full stops, question
and style for a marks and commas
range of purposes in lists appropriately
in print and digital in guided writing at
media discourse level

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 199


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
WEEK:__ LESSON: 150 (Listening 29) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
TOPIC: What’s the matter? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: modal verb: should

LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


CONTENT LEARNING

STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES


Main Skill Main Skill Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning

1. Review key vocabulary through an activity from the pre-lesson task list. Activity 4-5 Student’s according to the needs
Listening Listening of your pupils and class.
Lesson delivery Book (page 105) and Please see the seven
1.2 1.2.2 Teacher’s Book (page differentiation strategies
2. Use the pictures of the people in Activity 4 to review vocabulary for different 155) listed in the introduction.
Understand Understand with
health problems/sicknesses. Have pupils practise these in an interactive Pictures of each of the Please also consider the
meaning in a support specific activity. people in Activity 4 following:
variety of familiar information and 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 4 (CD2, Track 73). Note the names in
contexts details of longer 4. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 5 (CD2, Track 74). Activity 3. Some pupils
simple texts may be unsure of
Complementary Complementary Note that the dialogue could be developed to meet the complementary learning English names. It will
standard, for example: He’s got a fever, so I think he should… help them in the listening
Post-lesson to know whether they are
Skill boys’ or girls’ names.
Skill 5. Review and consolidate learning with an activity from the post-lesson tasks.
Speaking Speaking

2.1 2.1.1

Communicate Explain and give


reasons for basic
simple information opinions
intelligibly

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 200


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
__
LESSON: 151 (Speaking 29) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Knowledge
:WEEK

TOPIC: teacher to complete CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: ICT / Creativity LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: modal verb:
and Innovation should/shouldn’t

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Different learning Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task which will introduce the theme of the lesson. resources in according to the needs of
English, including your pupils and class.
Speaking Speaking Lesson delivery computer-based Please see the seven
2.1 2.1.1 resources if differentiation strategies
2. Plan a non-textbook based lesson where pupils use should to give their opinions possible. listed in the introduction.
Communicate Explain and give about what we should/shouldn’t do to learn English. This can include in the Please also consider the
simple information reasons for basic classroom and outside the classroom (at home or in the local environment). following:
intelligibly opinions The lesson should help develop the main and complementary learning standards Your pupils may have
and can also help pupils develop independent learning skills for the future. Bring access to different
resources to show pupils, including computer-based resources if possible (e.g. resources at home, some
language learning games, stories and online activities). more than others. Be
Pupils could practise speaking skills in an activity where they ask each other for aware of this when
Complementary Complementary making suggestions for
Skill Skill advice with their language learning, or they could conduct a survey with teachers in how to practise and
Listening Listening English, of appropriate. develop English skills
You may want to introduce shouldn’t in this lesson. outside of the classroom.
1.2 1.2.5 Post-lesson

Understand Understand longer 3. Review pupils’ learning and the content of the lesson using a post-lesson task.
meaning in a supported questions
variety of familiar
contexts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 201


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
LESSON: 152 (Reading 29)
__ WEEK:

CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: modal verb: should/shouldn’t


TOPIC: What’s the matter?
CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION
STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task to introduce the context of ‘at home’. Activities 1-2 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Reading Reading Lesson delivery Student’s Book Please see the seven
(pages 106-107) differentiation strategies
3.2 3.2.2 and Teacher’s
2. Write some of the new vocabulary on the board (2-4 words). Have pupils check listed in the introduction.
Understand a Understand specific the words in the dictionary and talk to a partner about their meanings. Book (pages 156- Please also consider the
157) following:
variety of linear information and
3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up and Vocabulary (CD2,
and non-linear details of simple Track 75). Pupils check their answers to step2 at this point. Monolingual Stage 6 allows pupils to
print and digital texts of one or two dictionaries think about the rules in
texts by using paragraphs 4. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1 (CD2, Track 76). their own home. Their
appropriate 5. Optional: Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Grammar Box. Pupils home may be quite
reading strategies different from the one in
may have used shouldn’t in the previous lesson, but it is helpful to review it again in
Complementary the textbook. Support all
Complementary this lesson. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2.
Skill pupils to express
Skill
Post-lesson themselves in this
Reading
Reading 6. Review pupils’ learning with a mime game. Focus in particular on pupils’ ideas in personalised activity.

3.2 3.2.4 stage 6.


Understand a Recognise and use

variety of linear with little or no


and non-linear support key
print and digital features of a simple
texts by using monolingual
appropriate dictionary
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 202


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Knowledge
LESSON: 153 (Writing 29)
__ WEEK:

CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: modal verb: should/shouldn’t


TOPIC: What’s the matter?
CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION
STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Dictionaries Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task which reviews parts of the body and health vocabulary. Resources for according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Writing Writing Lesson delivery making and Please see the seven
putting up posters differentiation strategies
4.3 4.3.3
2. Plan a non-textbook based lesson where pupils focus on the topic of ‘Health’. listed in the introduction.
Communicate Produce a plan or They should create posters giving advice about how to be healthy. Pupils could, for Please also consider the
with appropriate draft of one example, draw a person on their poster. Then they choose a number of parts of the following:
language form paragraph for a body, label them and add a written suggestion for how to keep that part of the body Pupils will need a lot of
and style for a familiar topic and healthy (e.g. brain (head) – We should drink lots of water // teeth – We should brush help with vocabulary in this
range of purposes modify this our teeth twice a day). Alternatively, have pupils work as a class to make a single
lesson. Monitor carefully
in print and digital appropriately in large-sized poster/display, with pairs or groups focussing on more detailed advice
and help pupils with
media response to for one body part each. vocabulary, provide
Complementary feedback Pupils should focus on accurate spelling and should plan their writing before putting dictionaries for them to
it on to the poster. check spellings and if you
Skill
have very proficient pupils,
Post-lesson
Writing Complementary they can help you.
4.3 Skill 3. Choose a post-lesson task which asks pupils to reflect on their learning in this
sequence of lessons.
Writing
Communicate
with appropriate 4.3.2
language form Spell most high
and style for a
range of purposes frequency words
in print and digital accurately in guided
media writing

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 203


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
LESSON: 154 (Language Arts 29)
__ WEEK:

CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Vocabulary, Adjectives


TOPIC: Graphic Novel – The Jungle Book
CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION
STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Year 4 Graphic
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-Lesson Novel – The Differentiate learning
Jungle Book
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Elicit responses from pupils pertaining to the characters of the story. (e.g. their according to the needs of
Contemporary your pupils and class.
5.2 5.2.1 relationships, feelings, behaviour, deeds, etc) Children’s Please see the seven
Express personal Say in simple words Lesson delivery Literature differentiation strategies
Teaching listed in the introduction.
responses to and phrases how a 2. Follow the instructions in the Teaching Guidebook page 77. (Steps 1 – 8) Guidebook (BPK) Please also consider the
literary texts text makes them - Graphic Novel following:
feel Post – Lesson Strategy 7: Differentiate by

Complementary 3. Have pupils do a gallery walk by awarding stars/ smileys and wishes. the feedback given

Skill Complementary
Writing Skill

4.2 Writing

Communicate 4.2.4

basic information Describe people


intelligibly for a and objects using
range of purposes suitable statements
in print and digital
media

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 204


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
__
LESSON: 155 (Listening 30) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Listening THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: What’s the matter? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: modal verb:
should/shouldn’t

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Choose a pre-lesson task which re-introduces the theme of safety at home. Activities 3-4 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Listening Listening Lesson delivery Student’s Book (page Please see the seven
107) and Teacher’s differentiation strategies
1.2 1.2.2 Book (page 157)
2. Review new vocabulary for Activity 3. Then, get pupils to listen and say the listed in the introduction.
Understand Understand with new vocabulary.
meaning in a support specific 3. Check pupils’ understanding of the pictures in Activity 3, then follow the
variety of familiar information and instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 3.
contexts details of longer
simple texts 4. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 4 (CD2, Track 78).
Have pupils explain the reasons for their suggestions using because. Partners
can say if they agree or not.
Complementary Complementary Post-lesson
Skill
Skill Speaking 5. Choose a post-lesson task which reviews and consolidates should and
Speaking shouldn’t.
2.1 2.1.1

Communicate Explain and give


reasons for basic
simple information opinions
intelligibly

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 205


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
__
LESSON: 156 (Speaking 30) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Speaking THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
:WEEK

TOPIC: What’s the matter? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Language LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Yes/no questions with
modal verb: e.g. Should I…? / Yes, you should.

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus 4 Differentiate learning according
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Review any key vocabulary using a word game from the pre-lesson Activity 1 Student’s to the needs of your pupils and
class. Please see the seven
Speaking Speaking task list. Book (page 108) and differentiation strategies listed in
2.2 2.2.2 Lesson delivery Teacher’s Book (page the introduction. Please also
159) consider the following:
Use appropriate Check steps 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up and Set of instructions for Depending on how much your
communication needed to complete Vocabulary (CD2, Track 79). the board game. class has practised checking
strategies short classroom 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Grammar Box. instructions during the year, they
tasks 4. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1. may need some support with
Complementary language for this. If you have a
Complementary classroom poster displaying the
Skill 5. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Optional activity,
Skill language, then you could ask
‘silly advice’.
Listening Listening pupils to refer to it (but only if
1.2.4 Post-lesson they really need to).
1.2 6. Finish the lesson with a post-lesson activity which reviews and

Understand Understand longer positively evaluates some of the contributions that pupils have made to
supported the lesson’s activities.
meaning in a classroom
variety of familiar instructions
contexts

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 206


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
__
LESSON: 157 (Reading 30) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Reading THEME: World of Knowledge
WEEK

TOPIC: What’s the matter? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Science and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Review of language from
:

Technology Unit 10 and/or learning in the year.

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Choose either one reading text from the following: Get Smart Plus Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill a) What are germs? (Student’s Book page 110) or 4 according to the needs of
your pupils and class.
Reading Reading b) Teeth facts! (Student’s Book page 133) Activities 1-2 Please see the seven
Student’s Book differentiation strategies
3.2.2 3.2.2 (pages 110-111)
Pre-lesson listed in the introduction.
Understand Understand specific and Teacher’s Please also consider the
1. Choose a pre-lesson task to introduce the topic of the reading text you have Book (pages following:
specific information and
chosen. 162-163)
information and details of simple There are two texts to
details of simple texts of one or two Lesson delivery or choose from for this
texts of one or two paragraphs 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up, Vocabulary, Activity 1 CLIL 5 Student’s lesson. Choose the text
paragraphs based on the interests and
and Activity 2. Book (page 133)
needs of your pupils.
Complementary and Teacher’s
Complementary 3. Ask pupils to guess the meaning of some unknown words in the text, based on
Skill Book (page 197)
Skill their knowledge of the topic. They could check these in the dictionary.
Reading Reading 4. Follow up the Student’s Book activities with an activity to extend the chosen topic,

3.2 3.2.3 where pupils react to the text either using spoken or written language. Monolingual
Understand a Post-lesson dictionaries

variety of linear Guess the meaning 5. Finish the lesson with a post-lesson activity to review the text, such as a true/false
and non-linear of unfamiliar words
from clues provided quiz.
print and digital
texts by using by title and topic
appropriate
reading strategies

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 207


SCHEME OF WORK: TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
__
LESSON: 158 (Writing 30) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Writing THEME: World of Self, Family and Friends
WEEK

TOPIC: What’s the matter? CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Values / LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: modal verb:
:

Creativity and Innovation should/shouldn’t

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Pre-lesson Get Smart Plus Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill 1. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Revision or the instructions 4 according to the needs of your
pupils and class. Please see
Writing Writing in the Teacher’s Book for Warm up. Activities 1-2 the seven differentiation
4.3 4.3.3 Lesson delivery Student’s Book strategies listed in the
(page 109) and introduction. Please also
Communicate Produce a plan or 2. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 1*. Have pupils Teacher’s Book consider the following:
check the instructions in English with their classmates. Then elicit questions (pages 160-161)
with appropriate draft of one *You may want to change the
language form paragraph for a they may still have. Note that pupils write the safety instruction on the safety
context of the safety poster if
and style for a familiar topic and poster. Pupils plan their work and draft it in their notebook before making the this is culturally inappropriate.
range of purposes modify this poster.
If you do this, you will need to
in print and digital appropriately in 3. Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for Activity 2. Have pupils rewrite the instructions, but
media response to present in groups and listen to see how many original ideas they each had (i.e. pupils can still use the model
feedback a safety instruction that no-one else had on their poster). in Activity 2 to help with
4. Optional: Follow the instructions in the Teacher’s Book for the Optional language and concept.

Complementary activity.
Complementary Skill Post-lesson
Skill
Speaking Speaking 5. Ask pupils to think about their learning and performance in this unit and the
year. They then complete the self-assessment worksheet (see below).
2.2.2
2.2
6. Collect the worksheets from pupils and talk to them individually about their
Use appropriate Check steps progress. Allow plenty of time for this stage of the lesson. Provide a small
needed to complete group review activity for pupils to work on as you talk to individuals.
communication short classroom
strategies tasks

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 208


How did I do in Unit 10? Put ✔ next to Great, OK, or A little.

In English, I know how to…

…talk about health problems and Great ____ OK ____ A little

illnesses ____
…give advice Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…say what I think and why I think it Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…talk about safety Great ____ OK ____ A little

____
…compare people and sports Great ____ OK ____ A little

____

 I’m proud of myself because I ____________________________________ very well in this unit.


 This year, I think I was good at:

1. ________________________________________________________

2. ________________________________________________________

3. ________________________________________________________

 Next year, I will try to_________________________________________________ more/better.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 209


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
__
LESSON: 159 (Language Arts 30) MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Language Arts THEME: World of Stories
WEEK

TOPIC: Graphic Novel – The Jungle Book CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Creativity and LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Pronunciation and Intonation
:

Innovation

CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION


STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Year 4 Graphic Novel Differentiate learning
Main Skill Main Skill Pre-Lesson – The Jungle Book according to the needs of
Language Arts Language Arts 1. Get pupils to watch a video clip on a Readers’ Theatre. Contemporary your pupils and class. Please
see the seven differentiation
Children’s Literature
strategies listed in the
5.3 5.3.1 Lesson delivery Teaching Guidebook
introduction. Please also
(BPK) - Graphic
Express an Respond 2. Follow the instructions in the Teaching Guidebook on pages 84-88. (Steps 1 consider the following:
Novel
imaginative imaginatively and – 7) Strategy 2: Differentiate by
response to intelligibly through
literary texts creating simple 3. Use the assessment form for group work on page 128 of the Teaching the type and amount of
picture stories, Guidebook. support provided
simple poems and Post – Lesson
cartoon stories Strategy 3: Differentiate by
4. Have pupils give medals and missions to other groups. the outcome expected from
pupils
Complementary Complementary
Skill
Skill
Reading Reading

3.3 3.3.1

Read Read and enjoy A1


fiction/non-fiction
independently for
print and digital
information and
texts of interest
enjoyment

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 210


SCHEME OF WORK: NON-TEXTBOOK BASED LESSON (Unit 10)
MAIN SKILL FOCUS: Project-Based Learning THEME: Teacher to select
LESSON: 160 (Project-Based Learning 2)
__ WEEK:

CROSS-CURRICULAR ELEMENT: Teacher to select LANGUAGE/GRAMMAR FOCUS: Teacher to select


TOPIC: Teacher to select
CONTENT LEARNING LEARNING OUTLINE MATERIALS / DIFFERENTIATION
STANDARD STANDARD REFERENCES STRATEGIES
Teachers will need to develop their own lessons based on topic/themes and Teacher to For differentiation strategies,
Teachers to select Teachers to select resources that they select. Ideas for projects should be based on the needs select their own please refer to the provided
an appropriate an appropriate main and interests of the pupils. materials list of differentiation
main skill and skill and strategies and select
complementary complementary skill appropriate
skill based on the based on the needs strategy/strategies based on
needs and and interest of the the needs of the pupils.
interest of the pupils.
pupils.

Primary Year 4 SK Scheme of Work 211

You might also like